OpenCores
URL https://opencores.org/ocsvn/openrisc_me/openrisc_me/trunk

Subversion Repositories openrisc_me

[/] [openrisc/] [trunk/] [gnu-src/] [gdb-7.2/] [bfd/] [elf32-sh.c] - Blame information for rev 394

Go to most recent revision | Details | Compare with Previous | View Log

Line No. Rev Author Line
1 330 jeremybenn
/* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
2
   Copyright 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005,
3
   2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
   Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5
 
6
   This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7
 
8
   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10
   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11
   (at your option) any later version.
12
 
13
   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
16
   GNU General Public License for more details.
17
 
18
   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20
   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21
   MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
22
 
23
#include "sysdep.h"
24
#include "bfd.h"
25
#include "bfdlink.h"
26
#include "libbfd.h"
27
#include "elf-bfd.h"
28
#include "elf-vxworks.h"
29
#include "elf/sh.h"
30
#include "dwarf2.h"
31
#include "libiberty.h"
32
#include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
33
 
34
static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
35
  (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
36
static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
37
  (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
38
static bfd_boolean sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
39
  (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
40
static bfd_boolean sh_elf_align_loads
41
  (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *);
42
#ifndef SH64_ELF
43
static bfd_boolean sh_elf_swap_insns
44
  (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
45
#endif
46
static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
47
  (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
48
static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
49
  (struct bfd_link_info *);
50
static bfd_vma tpoff
51
  (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
52
 
53
/* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
54
   section.  */
55
 
56
#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
57
 
58
/* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack.  */
59
#define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000
60
 
61
#define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
62
 
63
/* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or
64
   not.  If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but
65
   its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker.  */
66
#define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \
67
  (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \
68
   || ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created)
69
 
70
#define SH_PARTIAL32 TRUE
71
#define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
72
#define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
73
static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
74
{
75
#include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
76
};
77
 
78
#define SH_PARTIAL32 FALSE
79
#define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
80
#define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
81
static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
82
{
83
#include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
84
};
85
 
86
/* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object.  */
87
 
88
static bfd_boolean
89
vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
90
{
91
#if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
92
  extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec;
93
  extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec;
94
 
95
  return (abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec
96
          || abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec);
97
#else
98
  return FALSE;
99
#endif
100
}
101
 
102
/* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object.  */
103
 
104
static bfd_boolean
105
fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
106
{
107
#if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
108
  extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shfd_vec;
109
  extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec;
110
 
111
  return (abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shfd_vec
112
          || abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec);
113
#else
114
  return FALSE;
115
#endif
116
}
117
 
118
/* Return the howto table for ABFD.  */
119
 
120
static reloc_howto_type *
121
get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
122
{
123
  if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
124
    return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
125
  return sh_elf_howto_table;
126
}
127
 
128
static bfd_reloc_status_type
129
sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
130
                   asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
131
                   bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
132
                   bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
133
{
134
  static bfd_vma last_addr;
135
  static asection *last_symbol_section;
136
  bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
137
  int diff, cum_diff;
138
  bfd_signed_vma x;
139
  int insn;
140
 
141
  /* Sanity check the address.  */
142
  if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
143
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
144
 
145
  /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
146
     although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards.  */
147
  if (! last_addr)
148
    {
149
      last_addr = addr;
150
      last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
151
      return bfd_reloc_ok;
152
    }
153
  if (last_addr != addr)
154
    abort ();
155
  last_addr = 0;
156
 
157
  if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
158
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
159
 
160
  /* Get the symbol_section contents.  */
161
  if (symbol_section != input_section)
162
    {
163
      if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
164
        contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
165
      else
166
        {
167
          if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
168
                                           &contents))
169
            {
170
              if (contents != NULL)
171
                free (contents);
172
              return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
173
            }
174
        }
175
    }
176
#define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
177
  start_ptr = contents + start;
178
  for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
179
    {
180
      for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
181
        ptr -= 2;
182
      ptr += 2;
183
      diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
184
      cum_diff += diff & 1;
185
      cum_diff += diff;
186
    }
187
  /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
188
     so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
189
     addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing.  */
190
  if (cum_diff >= 0)
191
    {
192
      start -= 4;
193
      end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
194
    }
195
  else
196
    {
197
      bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
198
 
199
      while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
200
        start0 -= 2;
201
      start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
202
      start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
203
      end = start0;
204
    }
205
 
206
  if (contents != NULL
207
      && elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
208
    free (contents);
209
 
210
  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
211
 
212
  x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
213
  if (input_section != symbol_section)
214
    x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
215
          - (input_section->output_section->vma
216
             + input_section->output_offset));
217
  x >>= 1;
218
  if (x < -128 || x > 127)
219
    return bfd_reloc_overflow;
220
 
221
  x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
222
  bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
223
 
224
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
225
}
226
 
227
/* This function is used for normal relocs.  This used to be like the COFF
228
   function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets.  */
229
 
230
static bfd_reloc_status_type
231
sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
232
              void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
233
              char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
234
{
235
  unsigned long insn;
236
  bfd_vma sym_value;
237
  enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
238
  bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
239
  bfd_byte *hit_data = addr + (bfd_byte *) data;
240
 
241
  r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
242
 
243
  if (output_bfd != NULL)
244
    {
245
      /* Partial linking--do nothing.  */
246
      reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
247
      return bfd_reloc_ok;
248
    }
249
 
250
  /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing.  If any work must be
251
     done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section.  */
252
  if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
253
    return bfd_reloc_ok;
254
 
255
  if (symbol_in != NULL
256
      && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
257
    return bfd_reloc_undefined;
258
 
259
  if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
260
    sym_value = 0;
261
  else
262
    sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
263
                 symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
264
                 symbol_in->section->output_offset);
265
 
266
  switch (r_type)
267
    {
268
    case R_SH_DIR32:
269
      insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
270
      insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
271
      bfd_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
272
      break;
273
    case R_SH_IND12W:
274
      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
275
      sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
276
      sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
277
                    + input_section->output_offset
278
                    + addr
279
                    + 4);
280
      sym_value += (insn & 0xfff) << 1;
281
      if (insn & 0x800)
282
        sym_value -= 0x1000;
283
      insn = (insn & 0xf000) | (sym_value & 0xfff);
284
      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
285
      if (sym_value < (bfd_vma) -0x1000 || sym_value >= 0x1000)
286
        return bfd_reloc_overflow;
287
      break;
288
    default:
289
      abort ();
290
      break;
291
    }
292
 
293
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
294
}
295
 
296
/* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
297
   which the linker should otherwise ignore.  */
298
 
299
static bfd_reloc_status_type
300
sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
301
                     asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
302
                     void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
303
                     bfd *output_bfd,
304
                     char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
305
{
306
  if (output_bfd != NULL)
307
    reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
308
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
309
}
310
 
311
/* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */
312
 
313
struct elf_reloc_map
314
{
315
  bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
316
  unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
317
};
318
 
319
/* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */
320
 
321
static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
322
{
323
  { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
324
  { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
325
  { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
326
  { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
327
  { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
328
  { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
329
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
330
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
331
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
332
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
333
  { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
334
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
335
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
336
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
337
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
338
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
339
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
340
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
341
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
342
  { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
343
  { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
344
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
345
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
346
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
347
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
348
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
349
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
350
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
351
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
352
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
353
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
354
  { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 },
355
  { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
356
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
357
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
358
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
359
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
360
  { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
361
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC },
362
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
363
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 },
364
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 },
365
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC },
366
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 },
367
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC },
368
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 },
369
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC },
370
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
371
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_LOW16, R_SH_GOT_LOW16 },
372
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 },
373
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 },
374
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_HI16, R_SH_GOT_HI16 },
375
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16 },
376
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16 },
377
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16 },
378
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_HI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16 },
379
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_LOW16, R_SH_PLT_LOW16 },
380
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 },
381
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 },
382
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_HI16, R_SH_PLT_HI16 },
383
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16 },
384
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16 },
385
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16 },
386
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_HI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16 },
387
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 },
388
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 },
389
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 },
390
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_HI16, R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 },
391
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY64, R_SH_COPY64 },
392
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT64, R_SH_GLOB_DAT64 },
393
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT64, R_SH_JMP_SLOT64 },
394
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE64, R_SH_RELATIVE64 },
395
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY4, R_SH_GOT10BY4 },
396
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY8, R_SH_GOT10BY8 },
397
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY4, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4 },
398
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY8, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8 },
399
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16, R_SH_PT_16 },
400
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE, R_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE },
401
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU5, R_SH_DIR5U },
402
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS6, R_SH_DIR6S },
403
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU6, R_SH_DIR6U },
404
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10, R_SH_DIR10S },
405
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY2, R_SH_DIR10SW },
406
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY4, R_SH_DIR10SL },
407
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY8, R_SH_DIR10SQ },
408
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS16, R_SH_IMMS16 },
409
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU16, R_SH_IMMU16 },
410
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16, R_SH_IMM_LOW16 },
411
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL },
412
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16 },
413
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL },
414
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16 },
415
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL },
416
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16, R_SH_IMM_HI16 },
417
  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL },
418
  { BFD_RELOC_64, R_SH_64 },
419
  { BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL, R_SH_64_PCREL },
420
#endif /* not INCLUDE_SHMEDIA */
421
};
422
 
423
/* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
424
   corresponding SH ELF reloc.  */
425
 
426
static reloc_howto_type *
427
sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
428
{
429
  unsigned int i;
430
 
431
  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
432
    {
433
      if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
434
        return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
435
    }
436
 
437
  return NULL;
438
}
439
 
440
static reloc_howto_type *
441
sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
442
{
443
  unsigned int i;
444
 
445
  if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
446
    {
447
      for (i = 0;
448
           i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
449
                / sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
450
           i++)
451
        if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
452
            && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
453
          return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
454
    }
455
  else
456
    {
457
      for (i = 0;
458
           i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
459
                / sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
460
           i++)
461
        if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
462
            && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
463
          return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
464
    }
465
 
466
  return NULL;
467
}
468
 
469
/* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent.  */
470
 
471
static void
472
sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
473
{
474
  unsigned int r;
475
 
476
  r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
477
 
478
  BFD_ASSERT (r < (unsigned int) R_SH_max);
479
  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC);
480
  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2);
481
  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3);
482
  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4);
483
  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5);
484
  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6);
485
 
486
  cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
487
}
488
 
489
/* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF.  See the corresponding
490
   function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does.  FIXME:
491
   There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
492
   specific code.  The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
493
   into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
494
   could be eliminated somehow.  Note in particular that although both
495
   functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
496
   values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
497
   they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h.  */
498
 
499
static bfd_boolean
500
sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
501
                      struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bfd_boolean *again)
502
{
503
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
504
  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
505
  bfd_boolean have_code;
506
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
507
  bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
508
  Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
509
 
510
  *again = FALSE;
511
 
512
  if (link_info->relocatable
513
      || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
514
      || sec->reloc_count == 0)
515
    return TRUE;
516
 
517
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
518
  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_flags
519
      & (SHF_SH5_ISA32 | SHF_SH5_ISA32_MIXED))
520
    {
521
      return TRUE;
522
    }
523
#endif
524
 
525
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
526
 
527
  internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
528
                     (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
529
                      link_info->keep_memory));
530
  if (internal_relocs == NULL)
531
    goto error_return;
532
 
533
  have_code = FALSE;
534
 
535
  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
536
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
537
    {
538
      bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
539
      unsigned short insn;
540
      Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
541
      bfd_signed_vma foff;
542
 
543
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
544
        have_code = TRUE;
545
 
546
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
547
        continue;
548
 
549
      /* Get the section contents.  */
550
      if (contents == NULL)
551
        {
552
          if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
553
            contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
554
          else
555
            {
556
              if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
557
                goto error_return;
558
            }
559
        }
560
 
561
      /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
562
         the register load.  The 4 is because the r_addend field is
563
         computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
564
         from 4 bytes after the jump instruction.  */
565
      laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
566
      if (laddr >= sec->size)
567
        {
568
          (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
569
                                 abfd,
570
                                 (unsigned long) irel->r_offset);
571
          continue;
572
        }
573
      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
574
 
575
      /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
576
         do.  */
577
      if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
578
        {
579
          ((*_bfd_error_handler)
580
           (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
581
            abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset, insn));
582
          continue;
583
        }
584
 
585
      /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded.  The
586
         displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled.  It is a
587
         displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
588
         before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
589
         of the PC are cleared.  We assume that the section is aligned
590
         on a four byte boundary.  */
591
      paddr = insn & 0xff;
592
      paddr *= 4;
593
      paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
594
      if (paddr >= sec->size)
595
        {
596
          ((*_bfd_error_handler)
597
           (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
598
            abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
599
          continue;
600
        }
601
 
602
      /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
603
         being loaded.  This reloc will tell us which function is
604
         actually being called.  */
605
      for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
606
        if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
607
            && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
608
          break;
609
      if (irelfn >= irelend)
610
        {
611
          ((*_bfd_error_handler)
612
           (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected reloc"),
613
            abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
614
          continue;
615
        }
616
 
617
      /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already.  */
618
      if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
619
        {
620
          isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
621
          if (isymbuf == NULL)
622
            isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
623
                                            symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
624
                                            NULL, NULL, NULL);
625
          if (isymbuf == NULL)
626
            goto error_return;
627
        }
628
 
629
      /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc.  */
630
      if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
631
        {
632
          /* A local symbol.  */
633
          Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
634
 
635
          isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
636
          if (isym->st_shndx
637
              != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
638
            {
639
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
640
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
641
                abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
642
              continue;
643
            }
644
 
645
          symval = (isym->st_value
646
                    + sec->output_section->vma
647
                    + sec->output_offset);
648
        }
649
      else
650
        {
651
          unsigned long indx;
652
          struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
653
 
654
          indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
655
          h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
656
          BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
657
          if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
658
              && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
659
            {
660
              /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
661
                 symbol.  Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
662
                 regular reloc processing.  */
663
              continue;
664
            }
665
 
666
          symval = (h->root.u.def.value
667
                    + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
668
                    + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
669
        }
670
 
671
      if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
672
        symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
673
      else
674
        symval += irelfn->r_addend;
675
 
676
      /* See if this function call can be shortened.  */
677
      foff = (symval
678
              - (irel->r_offset
679
                 + sec->output_section->vma
680
                 + sec->output_offset
681
                 + 4));
682
      /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
683
         .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
684
         So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
685
         that.  */
686
      if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
687
        {
688
          /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call.  */
689
          continue;
690
        }
691
 
692
      /* Shorten the function call.  */
693
 
694
      /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
695
         contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table.  We
696
         must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
697
         information.  It would be possible to instead create a table
698
         of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
699
         that would be more work, but would require less memory when
700
         the linker is run.  */
701
 
702
      elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
703
      elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
704
      symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
705
 
706
      /* Replace the jsr with a bsr.  */
707
 
708
      /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
709
         replace the jsr with a bsr.  */
710
      irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
711
      /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
712
         here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
713
         not if the symbol is in a different section.  Besides, we need
714
         a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
715
         the value of the symbol is not available.  */
716
 
717
      /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
718
         symbol value may be changed by future relaxing.  We let
719
         the final link phase handle it.  */
720
      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
721
 
722
      irel->r_addend = -4;
723
 
724
      /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
725
         DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above).  However,
726
         the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
727
         have to add it to the addend to preserve it.  */
728
      irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
729
 
730
      /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
731
         register load.  */
732
      for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
733
        if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
734
            && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
735
          break;
736
      if (irelscan < irelend)
737
        {
738
          /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
739
             and we have not yet converted that function call.
740
             Indeed, we may never be able to convert it.  There is
741
             nothing else we can do at this point.  */
742
          continue;
743
        }
744
 
745
      /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
746
         function address is stored.  Do this before deleting any
747
         bytes, to avoid confusion about the address.  */
748
      for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
749
        if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
750
            && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
751
          break;
752
 
753
      /* Delete the register load.  */
754
      if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
755
        goto error_return;
756
 
757
      /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
758
         other function call to come within range, we should relax
759
         again.  Note that this is not required, and it may be slow.  */
760
      *again = TRUE;
761
 
762
      /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc.  */
763
      if (irelcount >= irelend)
764
        {
765
          ((*_bfd_error_handler)
766
           (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
767
            abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
768
          continue;
769
        }
770
 
771
      /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field.  We've
772
         just deleted one.  */
773
      if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
774
        {
775
          ((*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad count"),
776
                                  abfd,
777
                                  (unsigned long) paddr));
778
          continue;
779
        }
780
 
781
      --irelcount->r_addend;
782
 
783
      /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address.  Reload
784
         the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
785
         previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes.  */
786
      if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
787
        {
788
          if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
789
            goto error_return;
790
        }
791
 
792
      /* We've done all we can with that function call.  */
793
    }
794
 
795
  /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
796
     byte boundaries.  */
797
  if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
798
      && have_code)
799
    {
800
      bfd_boolean swapped;
801
 
802
      /* Get the section contents.  */
803
      if (contents == NULL)
804
        {
805
          if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
806
            contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
807
          else
808
            {
809
              if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
810
                goto error_return;
811
            }
812
        }
813
 
814
      if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
815
                                &swapped))
816
        goto error_return;
817
 
818
      if (swapped)
819
        {
820
          elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
821
          elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
822
          symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
823
        }
824
    }
825
 
826
  if (isymbuf != NULL
827
      && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
828
    {
829
      if (! link_info->keep_memory)
830
        free (isymbuf);
831
      else
832
        {
833
          /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
834
          symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
835
        }
836
    }
837
 
838
  if (contents != NULL
839
      && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
840
    {
841
      if (! link_info->keep_memory)
842
        free (contents);
843
      else
844
        {
845
          /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
846
          elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
847
        }
848
    }
849
 
850
  if (internal_relocs != NULL
851
      && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
852
    free (internal_relocs);
853
 
854
  return TRUE;
855
 
856
 error_return:
857
  if (isymbuf != NULL
858
      && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
859
    free (isymbuf);
860
  if (contents != NULL
861
      && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
862
    free (contents);
863
  if (internal_relocs != NULL
864
      && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
865
    free (internal_relocs);
866
 
867
  return FALSE;
868
}
869
 
870
/* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing.  FIXME: There is a
871
   lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
872
   in coff-sh.c.  */
873
 
874
static bfd_boolean
875
sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
876
                           int count)
877
{
878
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
879
  unsigned int sec_shndx;
880
  bfd_byte *contents;
881
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
882
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
883
  bfd_vma toaddr;
884
  Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
885
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
886
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
887
  unsigned int symcount;
888
  asection *o;
889
 
890
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
891
  isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
892
 
893
  sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
894
 
895
  contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
896
 
897
  /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an aligment
898
     power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting.  */
899
 
900
  irelalign = NULL;
901
  toaddr = sec->size;
902
 
903
  irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
904
  irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
905
  for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
906
    {
907
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
908
          && irel->r_offset > addr
909
          && count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
910
        {
911
          irelalign = irel;
912
          toaddr = irel->r_offset;
913
          break;
914
        }
915
    }
916
 
917
  /* Actually delete the bytes.  */
918
  memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
919
           (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
920
  if (irelalign == NULL)
921
    sec->size -= count;
922
  else
923
    {
924
      int i;
925
 
926
#define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
927
 
928
      BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
929
      for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
930
        bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
931
    }
932
 
933
  /* Adjust all the relocs.  */
934
  for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
935
    {
936
      bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
937
      bfd_vma start = 0;
938
      int insn = 0;
939
      int off, adjust, oinsn;
940
      bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
941
      bfd_boolean overflow;
942
 
943
      /* Get the new reloc address.  */
944
      nraddr = irel->r_offset;
945
      if ((irel->r_offset > addr
946
           && irel->r_offset < toaddr)
947
          || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
948
              && irel->r_offset == toaddr))
949
        nraddr -= count;
950
 
951
      /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
952
         case we no longer care about it.  Don't delete relocs which
953
         represent addresses, though.  */
954
      if (irel->r_offset >= addr
955
          && irel->r_offset < addr + count
956
          && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
957
          && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
958
          && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
959
          && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
960
        irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
961
                                     (int) R_SH_NONE);
962
 
963
      /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
964
         includes the bytes we have deleted.  */
965
      switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
966
        {
967
        default:
968
          break;
969
 
970
        case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
971
        case R_SH_IND12W:
972
        case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
973
        case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
974
          start = irel->r_offset;
975
          insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
976
          break;
977
        }
978
 
979
      switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
980
        {
981
        default:
982
          start = stop = addr;
983
          break;
984
 
985
        case R_SH_DIR32:
986
          /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
987
             section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
988
             must check the addend to see it will put the value in
989
             range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed.  */
990
          if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
991
            {
992
              isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
993
              if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
994
                  && (isym->st_value <= addr
995
                      || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
996
                {
997
                  bfd_vma val;
998
 
999
                  if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
1000
                    {
1001
                      val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1002
                      val += isym->st_value;
1003
                      if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1004
                        bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
1005
                    }
1006
                  else
1007
                    {
1008
                      val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
1009
                      if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1010
                        irel->r_addend -= count;
1011
                    }
1012
                }
1013
            }
1014
          start = stop = addr;
1015
          break;
1016
 
1017
        case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1018
          off = insn & 0xff;
1019
          if (off & 0x80)
1020
            off -= 0x100;
1021
          stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1022
          break;
1023
 
1024
        case R_SH_IND12W:
1025
          off = insn & 0xfff;
1026
          if (! off)
1027
            {
1028
              /* This has been made by previous relaxation.  Since the
1029
                 relocation will be against an external symbol, the
1030
                 final relocation will just do the right thing.  */
1031
              start = stop = addr;
1032
            }
1033
          else
1034
            {
1035
              if (off & 0x800)
1036
                off -= 0x1000;
1037
              stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1038
 
1039
              /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
1040
                 for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
1041
                 start of the section.
1042
                 N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
1043
                 test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
1044
                 account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4.  */
1045
              if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
1046
                irel->r_addend -= count;
1047
            }
1048
          break;
1049
 
1050
        case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1051
          off = insn & 0xff;
1052
          stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
1053
          break;
1054
 
1055
        case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1056
          off = insn & 0xff;
1057
          stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
1058
          break;
1059
 
1060
        case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1061
        case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1062
        case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1063
          /* These relocs types represent
1064
               .word L2-L1
1065
             The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
1066
             address and L1.  That is the start of the reloc, and
1067
             adding in the contents gives us the top.  We must adjust
1068
             both the r_offset field and the section contents.
1069
             N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
1070
             and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr.  */
1071
 
1072
          stop = irel->r_offset;
1073
          start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
1074
 
1075
          if (start > addr
1076
              && start < toaddr
1077
              && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1078
            irel->r_addend += count;
1079
          else if (stop > addr
1080
                   && stop < toaddr
1081
                   && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1082
            irel->r_addend -= count;
1083
 
1084
          if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
1085
            voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1086
          else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
1087
            voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1088
          else
1089
            voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1090
          stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1091
 
1092
          break;
1093
 
1094
        case R_SH_USES:
1095
          start = irel->r_offset;
1096
          stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
1097
                            + (long) irel->r_addend
1098
                            + 4);
1099
          break;
1100
        }
1101
 
1102
      if (start > addr
1103
          && start < toaddr
1104
          && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1105
        adjust = count;
1106
      else if (stop > addr
1107
               && stop < toaddr
1108
               && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1109
        adjust = - count;
1110
      else
1111
        adjust = 0;
1112
 
1113
      if (adjust != 0)
1114
        {
1115
          oinsn = insn;
1116
          overflow = FALSE;
1117
          switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
1118
            {
1119
            default:
1120
              abort ();
1121
              break;
1122
 
1123
            case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1124
            case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1125
              insn += adjust / 2;
1126
              if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1127
                overflow = TRUE;
1128
              bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1129
              break;
1130
 
1131
            case R_SH_IND12W:
1132
              insn += adjust / 2;
1133
              if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1134
                overflow = TRUE;
1135
              bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1136
              break;
1137
 
1138
            case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1139
              BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
1140
              if (count >= 4)
1141
                insn += adjust / 4;
1142
              else
1143
                {
1144
                  if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
1145
                    ++insn;
1146
                }
1147
              if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1148
                overflow = TRUE;
1149
              bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1150
              break;
1151
 
1152
            case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1153
              voff += adjust;
1154
              if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
1155
                overflow = TRUE;
1156
              bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
1157
              break;
1158
 
1159
            case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1160
              voff += adjust;
1161
              if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
1162
                overflow = TRUE;
1163
              bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1164
              break;
1165
 
1166
            case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1167
              voff += adjust;
1168
              bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1169
              break;
1170
 
1171
            case R_SH_USES:
1172
              irel->r_addend += adjust;
1173
              break;
1174
            }
1175
 
1176
          if (overflow)
1177
            {
1178
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1179
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1180
                abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1181
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1182
              return FALSE;
1183
            }
1184
        }
1185
 
1186
      irel->r_offset = nraddr;
1187
    }
1188
 
1189
  /* Look through all the other sections.  If there contain any IMM32
1190
     relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
1191
     below, we may need to adjust the addends.  */
1192
  for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
1193
    {
1194
      Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
1195
      Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
1196
      bfd_byte *ocontents;
1197
 
1198
      if (o == sec
1199
          || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1200
          || o->reloc_count == 0)
1201
        continue;
1202
 
1203
      /* We always cache the relocs.  Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
1204
         FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
1205
         leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
1206
      internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
1207
                         (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, TRUE));
1208
      if (internal_relocs == NULL)
1209
        return FALSE;
1210
 
1211
      ocontents = NULL;
1212
      irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
1213
      for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
1214
        {
1215
          /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs.  */
1216
          if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
1217
            {
1218
              bfd_vma start, stop;
1219
              bfd_signed_vma voff;
1220
 
1221
              if (ocontents == NULL)
1222
                {
1223
                  if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1224
                    ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1225
                  else
1226
                    {
1227
                      /* We always cache the section contents.
1228
                         Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1229
                         should free them, if we are permitted to,
1230
                         when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
1231
                      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1232
                        {
1233
                          if (ocontents != NULL)
1234
                            free (ocontents);
1235
                          return FALSE;
1236
                        }
1237
 
1238
                      elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1239
                    }
1240
                }
1241
 
1242
              stop = irelscan->r_offset;
1243
              start
1244
                = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
1245
 
1246
              /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change.  */
1247
              if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
1248
                irelscan->r_addend += count;
1249
 
1250
              voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1251
              stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1252
 
1253
              if (start > addr
1254
                  && start < toaddr
1255
                  && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1256
                bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
1257
                                   ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1258
              else if (stop > addr
1259
                       && stop < toaddr
1260
                       && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1261
                bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
1262
                                   ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1263
            }
1264
 
1265
          if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
1266
            continue;
1267
 
1268
          if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1269
            continue;
1270
 
1271
 
1272
          isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
1273
          if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1274
              && (isym->st_value <= addr
1275
                  || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
1276
            {
1277
              bfd_vma val;
1278
 
1279
              if (ocontents == NULL)
1280
                {
1281
                  if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1282
                    ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1283
                  else
1284
                    {
1285
                      /* We always cache the section contents.
1286
                         Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1287
                         should free them, if we are permitted to,
1288
                         when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
1289
                      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1290
                        {
1291
                          if (ocontents != NULL)
1292
                            free (ocontents);
1293
                          return FALSE;
1294
                        }
1295
 
1296
                      elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1297
                    }
1298
                }
1299
 
1300
              val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1301
              val += isym->st_value;
1302
              if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1303
                bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
1304
                            ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1305
            }
1306
        }
1307
    }
1308
 
1309
  /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section.  */
1310
  isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
1311
  for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
1312
    {
1313
      if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1314
          && isym->st_value > addr
1315
          && isym->st_value < toaddr)
1316
        isym->st_value -= count;
1317
    }
1318
 
1319
  /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section.  */
1320
  symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
1321
              - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
1322
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
1323
  end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
1324
  for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
1325
    {
1326
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
1327
      if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1328
           || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1329
          && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
1330
          && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
1331
          && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
1332
        {
1333
          sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
1334
        }
1335
    }
1336
 
1337
  /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward.  We have adjusted
1338
     r_offset for it already.  */
1339
  if (irelalign != NULL)
1340
    {
1341
      bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
1342
 
1343
      alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1344
      alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
1345
                             1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1346
      if (alignto != alignaddr)
1347
        {
1348
          /* Tail recursion.  */
1349
          return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
1350
                                            (int) (alignto - alignaddr));
1351
        }
1352
    }
1353
 
1354
  return TRUE;
1355
}
1356
 
1357
/* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
1358
   boundaries.  This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c.  */
1359
 
1360
static bfd_boolean
1361
sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
1362
                    Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
1363
                    bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1364
                    bfd_boolean *pswapped)
1365
{
1366
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1367
  bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
1368
  bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
1369
  bfd_size_type amt;
1370
 
1371
  *pswapped = FALSE;
1372
 
1373
  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1374
 
1375
  /* Get all the addresses with labels on them.  */
1376
  amt = sec->reloc_count;
1377
  amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
1378
  labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
1379
  if (labels == NULL)
1380
    goto error_return;
1381
  label_end = labels;
1382
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1383
    {
1384
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
1385
        {
1386
          *label_end = irel->r_offset;
1387
          ++label_end;
1388
        }
1389
    }
1390
 
1391
  /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
1392
     address order.  If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
1393
     the label values and the relocs.  */
1394
 
1395
  label = labels;
1396
 
1397
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1398
    {
1399
      bfd_vma start, stop;
1400
 
1401
      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
1402
        continue;
1403
 
1404
      start = irel->r_offset;
1405
 
1406
      for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
1407
        if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
1408
          break;
1409
      if (irel < irelend)
1410
        stop = irel->r_offset;
1411
      else
1412
        stop = sec->size;
1413
 
1414
      if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
1415
                                     internal_relocs, &label,
1416
                                     label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
1417
        goto error_return;
1418
    }
1419
 
1420
  free (labels);
1421
 
1422
  return TRUE;
1423
 
1424
 error_return:
1425
  if (labels != NULL)
1426
    free (labels);
1427
  return FALSE;
1428
}
1429
 
1430
#ifndef SH64_ELF
1431
/* Swap two SH instructions.  This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c.  */
1432
 
1433
static bfd_boolean
1434
sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
1435
                   bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
1436
{
1437
  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
1438
  unsigned short i1, i2;
1439
  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1440
 
1441
  /* Swap the instructions themselves.  */
1442
  i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
1443
  i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
1444
  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
1445
  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
1446
 
1447
  /* Adjust all reloc addresses.  */
1448
  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1449
  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1450
    {
1451
      enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
1452
      int add;
1453
 
1454
      /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
1455
         adjust.  These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
1456
         but are only associated with the address.  */
1457
      type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
1458
      if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
1459
          || type == R_SH_CODE
1460
          || type == R_SH_DATA
1461
          || type == R_SH_LABEL)
1462
        continue;
1463
 
1464
      /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
1465
         swapped, we must adjust it.  It would be incorrect to do this
1466
         for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
1467
         instructions after the jump.  (We have avoided swapping
1468
         around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
1469
         instruction it shouldn't).  */
1470
      if (type == R_SH_USES)
1471
        {
1472
          bfd_vma off;
1473
 
1474
          off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
1475
          if (off == addr)
1476
            irel->r_offset += 2;
1477
          else if (off == addr + 2)
1478
            irel->r_offset -= 2;
1479
        }
1480
 
1481
      if (irel->r_offset == addr)
1482
        {
1483
          irel->r_offset += 2;
1484
          add = -2;
1485
        }
1486
      else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
1487
        {
1488
          irel->r_offset -= 2;
1489
          add = 2;
1490
        }
1491
      else
1492
        add = 0;
1493
 
1494
      if (add != 0)
1495
        {
1496
          bfd_byte *loc;
1497
          unsigned short insn, oinsn;
1498
          bfd_boolean overflow;
1499
 
1500
          loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
1501
          overflow = FALSE;
1502
          switch (type)
1503
            {
1504
            default:
1505
              break;
1506
 
1507
            case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1508
            case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1509
              insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1510
              oinsn = insn;
1511
              insn += add / 2;
1512
              if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1513
                overflow = TRUE;
1514
              bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1515
              break;
1516
 
1517
            case R_SH_IND12W:
1518
              insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1519
              oinsn = insn;
1520
              insn += add / 2;
1521
              if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1522
                overflow = TRUE;
1523
              bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1524
              break;
1525
 
1526
            case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1527
              /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
1528
                 the program counter before adding in the offset.
1529
                 This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
1530
                 swap will not affect the offset.  If ADDR is an at an
1531
                 odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
1532
                 four byte boundary, and must be adjusted.  */
1533
              if ((addr & 3) != 0)
1534
                {
1535
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1536
                  oinsn = insn;
1537
                  insn += add / 2;
1538
                  if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1539
                    overflow = TRUE;
1540
                  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1541
                }
1542
 
1543
              break;
1544
            }
1545
 
1546
          if (overflow)
1547
            {
1548
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1549
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1550
                abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1551
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1552
              return FALSE;
1553
            }
1554
        }
1555
    }
1556
 
1557
  return TRUE;
1558
}
1559
#endif /* defined SH64_ELF */
1560
 
1561
/* Describes one of the various PLT styles.  */
1562
 
1563
struct elf_sh_plt_info
1564
{
1565
  /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
1566
     first entry.  */
1567
  const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
1568
 
1569
  /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL.  */
1570
  bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
1571
 
1572
  /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
1573
     _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4.  The value is MINUS_ONE
1574
     if there is no such pointer.  */
1575
  bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
1576
 
1577
  /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry.  */
1578
  const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
1579
 
1580
  /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes.  */
1581
  bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
1582
 
1583
  /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY.  Not all fields are used
1584
     on all targets.  The comments by each member indicate the value
1585
     that the field must hold.  */
1586
  struct {
1587
    bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
1588
    bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
1589
    bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
1590
    bfd_boolean got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20
1591
                          instruction (instead of a constant pool
1592
                          entry).  */
1593
  } symbol_fields;
1594
 
1595
  /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY.  */
1596
  bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
1597
 
1598
  /* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first
1599
     MAX_SHORT_PLT entries.  It must share the same plt0.  NULL in
1600
     other cases.  */
1601
  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt;
1602
};
1603
 
1604
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
1605
 
1606
/* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
1607
 
1608
#define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64
1609
 
1610
/* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this.  */
1611
 
1612
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1613
{
1614
  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi  .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1615
  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1616
  0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */
1617
  0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1618
  0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */
1619
  0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1620
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1621
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1622
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1623
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1624
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1625
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1626
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1627
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1628
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1629
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1630
};
1631
 
1632
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1633
{
1634
  0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1635
  0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1636
  0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */
1637
  0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1638
  0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */
1639
  0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1640
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1641
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1642
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1643
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1644
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1645
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1646
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1647
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1648
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1649
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1650
};
1651
 
1652
/* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1653
   this.  */
1654
 
1655
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1656
{
1657
  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi  nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1658
  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1659
  0x89, 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, /* ld.l  r25, 0, r25 */
1660
  0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1661
  0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1662
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1663
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1664
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1665
  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi  .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1666
  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1667
  0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1668
  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1669
  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1670
  0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1671
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1672
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1673
};
1674
 
1675
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1676
{
1677
  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1678
  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1679
  0x90, 0x01, 0x90, 0x89, /* ld.l  r25, 0, r25 */
1680
  0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1681
  0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1682
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1683
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1684
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1685
  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1686
  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1687
  0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1688
  0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1689
  0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1690
  0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1691
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1692
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1693
};
1694
 
1695
/* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
1696
 
1697
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1698
{
1699
  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi  nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1700
  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1701
  0x40, 0xc2, 0x65, 0x90, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1702
  0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1703
  0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1704
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1705
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1706
  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1707
  0xce, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi  -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1708
  0x00, 0xc8, 0x45, 0x10, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1709
  0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */
1710
  0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1711
  0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */
1712
  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1713
  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1714
  0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1715
};
1716
 
1717
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1718
{
1719
  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1720
  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1721
  0x90, 0x65, 0xc2, 0x40, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1722
  0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1723
  0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1724
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1725
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1726
  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1727
  0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xce, /* movi  -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1728
  0x10, 0x45, 0xc8, 0x00, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1729
  0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */
1730
  0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1731
  0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */
1732
  0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1733
  0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1734
  0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1735
};
1736
 
1737
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1738
  {
1739
    {
1740
      /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
1741
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1742
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1743
      { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1744
      elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1745
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1746
      { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1747
      33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1748
      NULL
1749
    },
1750
    {
1751
      /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
1752
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1753
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1754
      { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1755
      elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1756
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1757
      { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1758
      33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1759
      NULL
1760
    },
1761
  },
1762
  {
1763
    {
1764
      /* Big-endian PIC.  */
1765
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1766
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1767
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1768
      elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1769
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1770
      { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1771
      33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1772
      NULL
1773
    },
1774
    {
1775
      /* Little-endian PIC.  */
1776
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1777
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1778
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1779
      elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1780
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1781
      { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1782
      33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1783
      NULL
1784
    },
1785
  }
1786
};
1787
 
1788
/* Return offset of the linker in PLT0 entry.  */
1789
#define elf_sh_plt0_gotplt_offset(info) 0
1790
 
1791
/* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
1792
   VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
1793
   not data.
1794
 
1795
   On SH64, each 32-bit field is loaded by a movi/shori pair.  */
1796
 
1797
inline static void
1798
install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p,
1799
                   unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
1800
{
1801
  value |= code_p;
1802
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1803
              bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr)
1804
              | ((value >> 6) & 0x3fffc00),
1805
              addr);
1806
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1807
              bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr + 4)
1808
              | ((value << 10) & 0x3fffc00),
1809
              addr + 4);
1810
}
1811
 
1812
/* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD.  PIC_P is true if
1813
   the object is position-independent.  */
1814
 
1815
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
1816
get_plt_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_boolean pic_p)
1817
{
1818
  return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
1819
}
1820
#else
1821
/* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
1822
 
1823
#define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
1824
 
1825
/* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this.  */
1826
 
1827
/* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2.  r2 is used by
1828
   GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
1829
   corrupted here.  This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
1830
   to the SH PIC ABI.  That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
1831
   and r2 contains the GOT id.  This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
1832
   ignores the type.  Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
1833
   since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
1834
   greater than or equal to 12.  */
1835
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1836
{
1837
  0xd0, 0x05,   /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1838
  0x60, 0x02,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1839
  0x2f, 0x06,   /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1840
  0xd0, 0x03,   /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1841
  0x60, 0x02,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1842
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
1843
  0x60, 0xf6,   /*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1844
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1845
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1846
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1847
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */
1848
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */
1849
};
1850
 
1851
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1852
{
1853
  0x05, 0xd0,   /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1854
  0x02, 0x60,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1855
  0x06, 0x2f,   /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1856
  0x03, 0xd0,   /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1857
  0x02, 0x60,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1858
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
1859
  0xf6, 0x60,   /*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1860
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
1861
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
1862
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
1863
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */
1864
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */
1865
};
1866
 
1867
/* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1868
   this.  */
1869
 
1870
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1871
{
1872
  0xd0, 0x04,   /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1873
  0x60, 0x02,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1874
  0xd1, 0x02,   /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1875
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
1876
  0x60, 0x13,   /*  mov r1,r0 */
1877
  0xd1, 0x03,   /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1878
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
1879
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1880
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */
1881
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1882
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1883
};
1884
 
1885
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1886
{
1887
  0x04, 0xd0,   /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1888
  0x02, 0x60,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1889
  0x02, 0xd1,   /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1890
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
1891
  0x13, 0x60,   /*  mov r1,r0 */
1892
  0x03, 0xd1,   /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1893
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
1894
  0x09, 0x00,   /*  nop */
1895
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */
1896
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1897
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1898
};
1899
 
1900
/* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
1901
 
1902
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1903
{
1904
  0xd0, 0x04,   /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1905
  0x00, 0xce,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1906
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
1907
  0x00, 0x09,   /*  nop */
1908
  0x50, 0xc2,   /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1909
  0xd1, 0x03,   /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1910
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
1911
  0x50, 0xc1,   /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1912
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1913
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1914
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1915
  0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1916
};
1917
 
1918
static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1919
{
1920
  0x04, 0xd0,   /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1921
  0xce, 0x00,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1922
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
1923
  0x09, 0x00,   /*  nop */
1924
  0xc2, 0x50,   /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1925
  0x03, 0xd1,   /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1926
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
1927
  0xc1, 0x50,   /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1928
  0x09, 0x00,   /*  nop */
1929
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
1930
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1931
  0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1932
};
1933
 
1934
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1935
  {
1936
    {
1937
      /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
1938
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1939
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1940
      { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1941
      elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1942
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1943
      { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1944
      8,
1945
      NULL
1946
    },
1947
    {
1948
      /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
1949
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1950
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1951
      { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1952
      elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1953
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1954
      { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1955
      8,
1956
      NULL
1957
    },
1958
  },
1959
  {
1960
    {
1961
      /* Big-endian PIC.  */
1962
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1963
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1964
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1965
      elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1966
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1967
      { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1968
      8,
1969
      NULL
1970
    },
1971
    {
1972
      /* Little-endian PIC.  */
1973
      elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1974
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1975
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1976
      elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1977
      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1978
      { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1979
      8,
1980
      NULL
1981
    },
1982
  }
1983
};
1984
 
1985
#define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
1986
#define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
1987
 
1988
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1989
{
1990
  0xd1, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
1991
  0x61, 0x12,   /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
1992
  0x41, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r1 */
1993
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
1994
  0, 0, 0, 0        /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */
1995
};
1996
 
1997
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1998
{
1999
  0x01, 0xd1,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
2000
  0x12, 0x61,   /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
2001
  0x2b, 0x41,   /* jmp @r1 */
2002
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2003
  0, 0, 0, 0        /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */
2004
};
2005
 
2006
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2007
{
2008
  0xd0, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2009
  0x60, 0x02,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2010
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
2011
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2012
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
2013
  0xd0, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2014
  0xa0, 0x00,   /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */
2015
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2016
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2017
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2018
};
2019
 
2020
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2021
{
2022
  0x01, 0xd0,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2023
  0x02, 0x60,   /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2024
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
2025
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2026
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
2027
  0x01, 0xd0,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2028
  0x00, 0xa0,   /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */
2029
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2030
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2031
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2032
};
2033
 
2034
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2035
{
2036
  0xd0, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2037
  0x00, 0xce,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2038
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
2039
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2040
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
2041
  0xd0, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2042
  0x51, 0xc2,   /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2043
  0x41, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r1 */
2044
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2045
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2046
};
2047
 
2048
static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2049
{
2050
  0x01, 0xd0,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2051
  0xce, 0x00,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2052
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
2053
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2054
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
2055
  0x01, 0xd0,   /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2056
  0xc2, 0x51,   /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2057
  0x2b, 0x41,   /* jmp @r1 */
2058
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2059
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2060
};
2061
 
2062
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
2063
  {
2064
    {
2065
      /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
2066
      vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
2067
      VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2068
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2069
      vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
2070
      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2071
      { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2072
      12,
2073
      NULL
2074
    },
2075
    {
2076
      /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
2077
      vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
2078
      VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2079
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2080
      vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
2081
      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2082
      { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2083
      12,
2084
      NULL
2085
    },
2086
  },
2087
  {
2088
    {
2089
      /* Big-endian PIC.  */
2090
      NULL,
2091
      0,
2092
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2093
      vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
2094
      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2095
      { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2096
      12,
2097
      NULL
2098
    },
2099
    {
2100
      /* Little-endian PIC.  */
2101
      NULL,
2102
      0,
2103
      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2104
      vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
2105
      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2106
      { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2107
      12,
2108
      NULL
2109
    },
2110
  }
2111
};
2112
 
2113
/* FDPIC PLT entries.  Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy
2114
   binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now
2115
   and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better
2116
   cache behavior.  */
2117
 
2118
#define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
2119
#define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20
2120
 
2121
/* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be
2122
   duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined.  So
2123
   right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub.  It
2124
   might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy
2125
   stubs separately.  */
2126
 
2127
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2128
{
2129
  0xd0, 0x02,   /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2130
  0x01, 0xce,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2131
  0x70, 0x04,   /* add #4, r0 */
2132
  0x41, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r1 */
2133
  0x0c, 0xce,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2134
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2135
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2136
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2137
  0x60, 0xc2,   /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2138
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
2139
  0x53, 0xc1,   /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2140
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2141
};
2142
 
2143
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2144
{
2145
  0x02, 0xd0,   /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2146
  0xce, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2147
  0x04, 0x70,   /* add #4, r0 */
2148
  0x2b, 0x41,   /* jmp @r1 */
2149
  0xce, 0x0c,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2150
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2151
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2152
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2153
  0xc2, 0x60,   /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2154
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
2155
  0xc1, 0x53,   /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2156
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2157
};
2158
 
2159
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = {
2160
  {
2161
    /* Big-endian PIC.  */
2162
    NULL,
2163
    0,
2164
    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2165
    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2166
    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2167
    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2168
    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2169
    NULL
2170
  },
2171
  {
2172
    /* Little-endian PIC.  */
2173
    NULL,
2174
    0,
2175
    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2176
    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2177
    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2178
    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2179
    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2180
    NULL
2181
  },
2182
};
2183
 
2184
/* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT
2185
   entries for the first 64K slots.  We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry
2186
   past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster,
2187
   but would not be any smaller.  */
2188
 
2189
#define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
2190
#define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16
2191
 
2192
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2193
{
2194
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2195
  0x01, 0xce,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2196
  0x70, 0x04,   /* add #4, r0 */
2197
  0x41, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r1 */
2198
  0x0c, 0xce,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2199
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2200
  0x60, 0xc2,   /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2201
  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
2202
  0x53, 0xc1,   /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2203
  0x00, 0x09,   /* nop */
2204
};
2205
 
2206
static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2207
{
2208
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2209
  0xce, 0x01,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2210
  0x04, 0x70,   /* add #4, r0 */
2211
  0x2b, 0x41,   /* jmp @r1 */
2212
  0xce, 0x0c,   /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2213
  0, 0, 0, 0,       /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2214
  0xc2, 0x60,   /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2215
  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
2216
  0xc1, 0x53,   /*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2217
  0x09, 0x00,   /* nop */
2218
};
2219
 
2220
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = {
2221
  /* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K.  */
2222
  NULL,
2223
  0,
2224
  { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2225
  fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be,
2226
  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2227
  { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2228
  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2229
  NULL
2230
};
2231
 
2232
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = {
2233
  /* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K.  */
2234
  NULL,
2235
  0,
2236
  { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2237
  fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le,
2238
  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2239
  { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2240
  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2241
  NULL
2242
};
2243
 
2244
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = {
2245
  {
2246
    /* Big-endian PIC.  */
2247
    NULL,
2248
    0,
2249
    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2250
    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2251
    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2252
    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2253
    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2254
    &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be
2255
  },
2256
  {
2257
    /* Little-endian PIC.  */
2258
    NULL,
2259
    0,
2260
    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2261
    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2262
    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2263
    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2264
    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2265
    &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le
2266
  },
2267
};
2268
 
2269
/* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD.  PIC_P is true if
2270
   the object is position-independent.  */
2271
 
2272
static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
2273
get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean pic_p)
2274
{
2275
  if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
2276
    {
2277
      /* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT
2278
         sequence.  */
2279
      if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base)
2280
        return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2281
      else
2282
        return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2283
    }
2284
  if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
2285
    return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2286
  return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2287
}
2288
 
2289
/* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
2290
   VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
2291
   not data.  */
2292
 
2293
inline static void
2294
install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2295
                   unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
2296
{
2297
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
2298
}
2299
#endif
2300
 
2301
/* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any.
2302
   Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a
2303
   20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below
2304
   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
2305
#define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536
2306
 
2307
/* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET.  */
2308
 
2309
static bfd_vma
2310
get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
2311
{
2312
  bfd_vma plt_index = 0;
2313
 
2314
  offset -= info->plt0_entry_size;
2315
  if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2316
    {
2317
      if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size)
2318
        {
2319
          plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2320
          offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2321
        }
2322
      else
2323
        info = info->short_plt;
2324
    }
2325
  return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size;
2326
}
2327
 
2328
/* Do the inverse operation.  */
2329
 
2330
static bfd_vma
2331
get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index)
2332
{
2333
  bfd_vma offset = 0;
2334
 
2335
  if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2336
    {
2337
      if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT)
2338
        {
2339
          offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2340
          plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2341
        }
2342
      else
2343
        info = info->short_plt;
2344
    }
2345
  return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size
2346
          + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size));
2347
}
2348
 
2349
/* The sh linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
2350
   decides to copy as dynamic relocs in check_relocs for each symbol.
2351
   This is so that it can later discard them if they are found to be
2352
   unnecessary.  We store the information in a field extending the
2353
   regular ELF linker hash table.  */
2354
 
2355
struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs
2356
{
2357
  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *next;
2358
 
2359
  /* The input section of the reloc.  */
2360
  asection *sec;
2361
 
2362
  /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section.  */
2363
  bfd_size_type count;
2364
 
2365
  /* Number of pc-relative relocs copied for the input section.  */
2366
  bfd_size_type pc_count;
2367
};
2368
 
2369
union gotref
2370
{
2371
  bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2372
  bfd_vma offset;
2373
};
2374
 
2375
/* sh ELF linker hash entry.  */
2376
 
2377
struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
2378
{
2379
  struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
2380
 
2381
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2382
  union
2383
  {
2384
    bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2385
    bfd_vma offset;
2386
  } datalabel_got;
2387
#endif
2388
 
2389
  /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol.  */
2390
  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
2391
 
2392
  bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
2393
 
2394
  /* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC.  The refcount counts
2395
     R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
2396
     relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted
2397
     for separately.  After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is
2398
     MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker
2399
     managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic).
2400
     During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local
2401
     descriptor will be canonical.  */
2402
  union gotref funcdesc;
2403
 
2404
  /* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC,
2405
     and thus require fixups or relocations.  */
2406
  bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount;
2407
 
2408
  enum {
2409
    GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC
2410
  } got_type;
2411
};
2412
 
2413
#define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
2414
 
2415
struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
2416
{
2417
  struct elf_obj_tdata root;
2418
 
2419
  /* got_type for each local got entry.  */
2420
  char *local_got_type;
2421
 
2422
  /* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol.  */
2423
  union gotref *local_funcdesc;
2424
};
2425
 
2426
#define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
2427
  ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
2428
 
2429
#define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \
2430
  (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type)
2431
 
2432
#define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \
2433
  (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc)
2434
 
2435
#define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
2436
  (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
2437
   && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
2438
   && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA)
2439
 
2440
/* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
2441
   as the specific tdata.  */
2442
 
2443
static bfd_boolean
2444
sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
2445
{
2446
  return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata),
2447
                                  SH_ELF_DATA);
2448
}
2449
 
2450
/* sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2451
 
2452
struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
2453
{
2454
  struct elf_link_hash_table root;
2455
 
2456
  /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections.  */
2457
  asection *sgot;
2458
  asection *sgotplt;
2459
  asection *srelgot;
2460
  asection *splt;
2461
  asection *srelplt;
2462
  asection *sdynbss;
2463
  asection *srelbss;
2464
  asection *sfuncdesc;
2465
  asection *srelfuncdesc;
2466
  asection *srofixup;
2467
 
2468
  /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section.  */
2469
  asection *srelplt2;
2470
 
2471
  /* Small local sym cache.  */
2472
  struct sym_cache sym_cache;
2473
 
2474
  /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry.  */
2475
  union
2476
    {
2477
      bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2478
      bfd_vma offset;
2479
    } tls_ldm_got;
2480
 
2481
  /* The type of PLT to use.  */
2482
  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2483
 
2484
  /* True if the target system is VxWorks.  */
2485
  bfd_boolean vxworks_p;
2486
 
2487
  /* True if the target system uses FDPIC.  */
2488
  bfd_boolean fdpic_p;
2489
};
2490
 
2491
/* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2492
 
2493
#define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)                    \
2494
  (elf_link_hash_traverse                                               \
2495
   (&(table)->root,                                                     \
2496
    (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
2497
    (info)))
2498
 
2499
/* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
2500
 
2501
#define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
2502
  (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2503
  == SH_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2504
 
2505
/* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2506
 
2507
static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2508
sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2509
                          struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2510
                          const char *string)
2511
{
2512
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
2513
    (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
2514
 
2515
  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2516
     subclass.  */
2517
  if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2518
    ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2519
           bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2520
                              sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
2521
  if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2522
    return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2523
 
2524
  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
2525
  ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2526
         _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
2527
                                     table, string));
2528
  if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2529
    {
2530
      ret->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2531
      ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
2532
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2533
      ret->datalabel_got.refcount = ret->root.got.refcount;
2534
#endif
2535
      ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
2536
      ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
2537
      ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
2538
    }
2539
 
2540
  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2541
}
2542
 
2543
/* Create an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2544
 
2545
static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2546
sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2547
{
2548
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
2549
  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
2550
 
2551
  ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
2552
  if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
2553
    return NULL;
2554
 
2555
  if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
2556
                                      sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2557
                                      sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry),
2558
                                      SH_ELF_DATA))
2559
    {
2560
      free (ret);
2561
      return NULL;
2562
    }
2563
 
2564
  ret->sgot = NULL;
2565
  ret->sgotplt = NULL;
2566
  ret->srelgot = NULL;
2567
  ret->splt = NULL;
2568
  ret->srelplt = NULL;
2569
  ret->sdynbss = NULL;
2570
  ret->srelbss = NULL;
2571
  ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
2572
  ret->sym_cache.abfd = NULL;
2573
  ret->tls_ldm_got.refcount = 0;
2574
  ret->plt_info = NULL;
2575
  ret->vxworks_p = vxworks_object_p (abfd);
2576
  ret->fdpic_p = fdpic_object_p (abfd);
2577
 
2578
  return &ret->root.root;
2579
}
2580
 
2581
static bfd_boolean
2582
sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2583
                            struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p)
2584
{
2585
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2586
 
2587
  /* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections.  */
2588
  if (!htab->fdpic_p)
2589
    return TRUE;
2590
 
2591
  /* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can
2592
     relocate independently.  */
2593
  switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type)
2594
    {
2595
    case SHT_PROGBITS:
2596
    case SHT_NOBITS:
2597
      /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
2598
         SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS.  */
2599
    case SHT_NULL:
2600
      return FALSE;
2601
 
2602
      /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
2603
         against any other section.  */
2604
    default:
2605
      return TRUE;
2606
    }
2607
}
2608
 
2609
/* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
2610
   shortcuts to them in our hash table.  */
2611
 
2612
static bfd_boolean
2613
create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2614
{
2615
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2616
 
2617
  if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
2618
    return FALSE;
2619
 
2620
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2621
  if (htab == NULL)
2622
    return FALSE;
2623
 
2624
  htab->sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
2625
  htab->sgotplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
2626
  htab->srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
2627
  if (! htab->sgot || ! htab->sgotplt || ! htab->srelgot)
2628
    abort ();
2629
 
2630
  htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc",
2631
                                                 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2632
                                                  | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2633
                                                  | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2634
                                                  | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
2635
  if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL
2636
      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sfuncdesc, 2))
2637
    return FALSE;
2638
 
2639
  htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj,
2640
                                                    ".rela.got.funcdesc",
2641
                                                    (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2642
                                                     | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2643
                                                     | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2644
                                                     | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2645
                                                     | SEC_READONLY));
2646
  if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL
2647
      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srelfuncdesc, 2))
2648
    return FALSE;
2649
 
2650
  /* Also create .rofixup.  */
2651
  htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup",
2652
                                                (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2653
                                                 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2654
                                                 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2655
                                                 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2656
                                                 | SEC_READONLY));
2657
  if (htab->srofixup == NULL
2658
      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srofixup, 2))
2659
    return FALSE;
2660
 
2661
  return TRUE;
2662
}
2663
 
2664
/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object.  */
2665
 
2666
static bfd_boolean
2667
sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2668
{
2669
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2670
  flagword flags, pltflags;
2671
  asection *s;
2672
  const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2673
  int ptralign = 0;
2674
 
2675
  switch (bed->s->arch_size)
2676
    {
2677
    case 32:
2678
      ptralign = 2;
2679
      break;
2680
 
2681
    case 64:
2682
      ptralign = 3;
2683
      break;
2684
 
2685
    default:
2686
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2687
      return FALSE;
2688
    }
2689
 
2690
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2691
  if (htab == NULL)
2692
    return FALSE;
2693
 
2694
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
2695
    return TRUE;
2696
 
2697
  /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
2698
     .rel[a].bss sections.  */
2699
 
2700
  flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2701
           | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2702
 
2703
  pltflags = flags;
2704
  pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
2705
  if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
2706
    pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
2707
  if (bed->plt_readonly)
2708
    pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
2709
 
2710
  s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
2711
  htab->splt = s;
2712
  if (s == NULL
2713
      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment))
2714
    return FALSE;
2715
 
2716
  if (bed->want_plt_sym)
2717
    {
2718
      /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
2719
         .plt section.  */
2720
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2721
      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
2722
 
2723
      if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2724
             (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2725
              (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
2726
              get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2727
        return FALSE;
2728
 
2729
      h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2730
      h->def_regular = 1;
2731
      h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2732
      htab->root.hplt = h;
2733
 
2734
      if (info->shared
2735
          && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2736
        return FALSE;
2737
    }
2738
 
2739
  s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
2740
                                   bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
2741
                                   flags | SEC_READONLY);
2742
  htab->srelplt = s;
2743
  if (s == NULL
2744
      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2745
    return FALSE;
2746
 
2747
  if (htab->sgot == NULL
2748
      && !create_got_section (abfd, info))
2749
    return FALSE;
2750
 
2751
  {
2752
    const char *secname;
2753
    char *relname;
2754
    flagword secflags;
2755
    asection *sec;
2756
 
2757
    for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2758
      {
2759
        secflags = bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, sec);
2760
        if ((secflags & (SEC_DATA | SEC_LINKER_CREATED))
2761
            || ((secflags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
2762
          continue;
2763
        secname = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
2764
        relname = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (secname) + 6);
2765
        strcpy (relname, ".rela");
2766
        strcat (relname, secname);
2767
        if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname))
2768
          continue;
2769
        s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, relname,
2770
                                         flags | SEC_READONLY);
2771
        if (s == NULL
2772
            || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2773
          return FALSE;
2774
      }
2775
  }
2776
 
2777
  if (bed->want_dynbss)
2778
    {
2779
      /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
2780
         by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
2781
         not functions.  We must allocate space for them in the process
2782
         image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2783
         initialize them at run time.  The linker script puts the .dynbss
2784
         section into the .bss section of the final image.  */
2785
      s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
2786
                                       SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2787
      htab->sdynbss = s;
2788
      if (s == NULL)
2789
        return FALSE;
2790
 
2791
      /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs.  This section is not
2792
         normally needed.  We need to create it here, though, so that the
2793
         linker will map it to an output section.  We can't just create it
2794
         only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
2795
         until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
2796
         main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
2797
         (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
2798
         mapped to the output sections.  If the section turns out not to
2799
         be needed, we can discard it later.  We will never need this
2800
         section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
2801
         copy relocs.  */
2802
      if (! info->shared)
2803
        {
2804
          s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
2805
                                           (bed->default_use_rela_p
2806
                                            ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
2807
                                           flags | SEC_READONLY);
2808
          htab->srelbss = s;
2809
          if (s == NULL
2810
              || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2811
            return FALSE;
2812
        }
2813
    }
2814
 
2815
  if (htab->vxworks_p)
2816
    {
2817
      if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2818
        return FALSE;
2819
    }
2820
 
2821
  return TRUE;
2822
}
2823
 
2824
/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
2825
   regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
2826
   dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
2827
   change the definition to something the rest of the link can
2828
   understand.  */
2829
 
2830
static bfd_boolean
2831
sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2832
                              struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2833
{
2834
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2835
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2836
  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2837
  asection *s;
2838
 
2839
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2840
  if (htab == NULL)
2841
    return FALSE;
2842
 
2843
  /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
2844
  BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
2845
              && (h->needs_plt
2846
                  || h->u.weakdef != NULL
2847
                  || (h->def_dynamic
2848
                      && h->ref_regular
2849
                      && !h->def_regular)));
2850
 
2851
  /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
2852
     will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
2853
     when we know the address of the .got section.  */
2854
  if (h->type == STT_FUNC
2855
      || h->needs_plt)
2856
    {
2857
      if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
2858
          || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
2859
          || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2860
              && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2861
        {
2862
          /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
2863
             file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
2864
             object.  In such a case, we don't actually need to build
2865
             a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
2866
             reloc instead.  */
2867
          h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2868
          h->needs_plt = 0;
2869
        }
2870
 
2871
      return TRUE;
2872
    }
2873
  else
2874
    h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2875
 
2876
  /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
2877
     processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
2878
     real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
2879
  if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
2880
    {
2881
      BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2882
                  || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
2883
      h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
2884
      h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
2885
      if (info->nocopyreloc)
2886
        h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
2887
      return TRUE;
2888
    }
2889
 
2890
  /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
2891
     is not a function.  */
2892
 
2893
  /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
2894
     only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
2895
     For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
2896
     be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
2897
  if (info->shared)
2898
    return TRUE;
2899
 
2900
  /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
2901
     GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
2902
  if (!h->non_got_ref)
2903
    return TRUE;
2904
 
2905
  /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either.  */
2906
  if (info->nocopyreloc)
2907
    {
2908
      h->non_got_ref = 0;
2909
      return TRUE;
2910
    }
2911
 
2912
  eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2913
  for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
2914
    {
2915
      s = p->sec->output_section;
2916
      if (s != NULL && (s->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) != 0)
2917
        break;
2918
    }
2919
 
2920
  /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in sections which needs the
2921
     copy reloc, then we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding
2922
     the copy reloc.  */
2923
  if (p == NULL)
2924
    {
2925
      h->non_got_ref = 0;
2926
      return TRUE;
2927
    }
2928
 
2929
  if (h->size == 0)
2930
    {
2931
      (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("dynamic variable `%s' is zero size"),
2932
                             h->root.root.string);
2933
      return TRUE;
2934
    }
2935
 
2936
  /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
2937
     become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
2938
     an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
2939
     object will contain position independent code, so all references
2940
     from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
2941
     offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
2942
     determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
2943
     both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
2944
     same memory location for the variable.  */
2945
 
2946
  s = htab->sdynbss;
2947
  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2948
 
2949
  /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2950
     copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
2951
     runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
2952
     .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */
2953
  if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2954
    {
2955
      asection *srel;
2956
 
2957
      srel = htab->srelbss;
2958
      BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
2959
      srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2960
      h->needs_copy = 1;
2961
    }
2962
 
2963
  return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
2964
}
2965
 
2966
/* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
2967
   dynamic relocs.  */
2968
 
2969
static bfd_boolean
2970
allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
2971
{
2972
  struct bfd_link_info *info;
2973
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2974
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2975
  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2976
 
2977
  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2978
    return TRUE;
2979
 
2980
  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2981
    /* When warning symbols are created, they **replace** the "real"
2982
       entry in the hash table, thus we never get to see the real
2983
       symbol in a hash traversal.  So look at it now.  */
2984
    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2985
 
2986
  info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
2987
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2988
  if (htab == NULL)
2989
    return FALSE;
2990
 
2991
  eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2992
  if ((h->got.refcount > 0
2993
       || h->forced_local)
2994
      && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
2995
    {
2996
      /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
2997
         so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
2998
      h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
2999
      if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
3000
        h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
3001
    }
3002
 
3003
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3004
      && h->plt.refcount > 0
3005
      && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3006
          || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3007
    {
3008
      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3009
         Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
3010
      if (h->dynindx == -1
3011
          && !h->forced_local)
3012
        {
3013
          if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3014
            return FALSE;
3015
        }
3016
 
3017
      if (info->shared
3018
          || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
3019
        {
3020
          asection *s = htab->splt;
3021
          const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
3022
 
3023
          /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
3024
             first entry.  */
3025
          if (s->size == 0)
3026
            s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
3027
 
3028
          h->plt.offset = s->size;
3029
 
3030
          /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
3031
             not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
3032
             location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
3033
             pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
3034
             the shared library.  Skip this for FDPIC, since the
3035
             function's address will be the address of the canonical
3036
             function descriptor.  */
3037
          if (!htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && !h->def_regular)
3038
            {
3039
              h->root.u.def.section = s;
3040
              h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
3041
            }
3042
 
3043
          /* Make room for this entry.  */
3044
          plt_info = htab->plt_info;
3045
          if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL
3046
              && (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT))
3047
            plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
3048
          s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
3049
 
3050
          /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
3051
             will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */
3052
          if (!htab->fdpic_p)
3053
            htab->sgotplt->size += 4;
3054
          else
3055
            htab->sgotplt->size += 8;
3056
 
3057
          /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section.  */
3058
          htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3059
 
3060
          if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
3061
            {
3062
              /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
3063
                 for each PLT entry.  They go in a separate relocation
3064
                 section, which is processed by the kernel loader.  */
3065
 
3066
              /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
3067
                 an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
3068
              if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
3069
                htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3070
 
3071
              /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
3072
                 PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
3073
                 and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry.  */
3074
              htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
3075
            }
3076
        }
3077
      else
3078
        {
3079
          h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3080
          h->needs_plt = 0;
3081
        }
3082
    }
3083
  else
3084
    {
3085
      h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3086
      h->needs_plt = 0;
3087
    }
3088
 
3089
  if (h->got.refcount > 0)
3090
    {
3091
      asection *s;
3092
      bfd_boolean dyn;
3093
      int got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
3094
 
3095
      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3096
         Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
3097
      if (h->dynindx == -1
3098
          && !h->forced_local)
3099
        {
3100
          if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3101
            return FALSE;
3102
        }
3103
 
3104
      s = htab->sgot;
3105
      h->got.offset = s->size;
3106
      s->size += 4;
3107
      /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots.  */
3108
      if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3109
        s->size += 4;
3110
      dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3111
      if (!dyn)
3112
        {
3113
          /* No dynamic relocations required.  */
3114
          if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
3115
              && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3116
              && (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3117
            htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3118
        }
3119
      /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
3120
         R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global.  */
3121
      else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
3122
               || got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
3123
        htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3124
      else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3125
        htab->srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3126
      else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3127
        {
3128
          if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3129
            htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3130
          else
3131
            htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3132
        }
3133
      else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3134
                || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3135
               && (info->shared
3136
                   || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
3137
        htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3138
      else if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && got_type == GOT_NORMAL
3139
               && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3140
                   || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3141
        htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3142
    }
3143
  else
3144
    h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3145
 
3146
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3147
  if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
3148
    {
3149
      asection *s;
3150
      bfd_boolean dyn;
3151
 
3152
      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3153
         Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
3154
      if (h->dynindx == -1
3155
          && !h->forced_local)
3156
        {
3157
          if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3158
            return FALSE;
3159
        }
3160
 
3161
      s = htab->sgot;
3162
      eh->datalabel_got.offset = s->size;
3163
      s->size += 4;
3164
      dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3165
      if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h))
3166
        htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3167
    }
3168
  else
3169
    eh->datalabel_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3170
#endif
3171
 
3172
  /* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function
3173
     descriptors, canonical or otherwise.  We need to relocate the
3174
     reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for
3175
     undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when
3176
     static linking).  Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere.  */
3177
  if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0
3178
      && (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3179
          || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3180
              && ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))))
3181
    {
3182
      if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3183
        htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4;
3184
      else
3185
        htab->srelgot->size
3186
          += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3187
    }
3188
 
3189
  /* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to
3190
     a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and
3191
     the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it.  None of this
3192
     applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the
3193
     canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there
3194
     won't be a PLT entry at all.  */
3195
  if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0
3196
       || (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3197
      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3198
      && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3199
    {
3200
      /* Make room for this function descriptor.  */
3201
      eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3202
      htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3203
 
3204
      /* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the
3205
         function descriptor, so allocate those too.  */
3206
      if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3207
        htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3208
      else
3209
        htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3210
    }
3211
 
3212
  if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
3213
    return TRUE;
3214
 
3215
  /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
3216
     dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
3217
     defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, discard
3218
     space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
3219
     visibility changes.  */
3220
 
3221
  if (info->shared)
3222
    {
3223
      if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3224
        {
3225
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3226
 
3227
          for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3228
            {
3229
              p->count -= p->pc_count;
3230
              p->pc_count = 0;
3231
              if (p->count == 0)
3232
                *pp = p->next;
3233
              else
3234
                pp = &p->next;
3235
            }
3236
        }
3237
 
3238
      if (htab->vxworks_p)
3239
        {
3240
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3241
 
3242
          for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3243
            {
3244
              if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
3245
                *pp = p->next;
3246
              else
3247
                pp = &p->next;
3248
            }
3249
        }
3250
 
3251
      /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
3252
         visibility.  */
3253
      if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
3254
          && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3255
        {
3256
          if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
3257
            eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3258
 
3259
          /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
3260
             symbol in PIEs.  */
3261
          else if (h->dynindx == -1
3262
                   && !h->forced_local)
3263
            {
3264
              if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3265
                return FALSE;
3266
            }
3267
        }
3268
    }
3269
  else
3270
    {
3271
      /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
3272
         symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
3273
         dynamic.  */
3274
 
3275
      if (!h->non_got_ref
3276
          && ((h->def_dynamic
3277
               && !h->def_regular)
3278
              || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3279
                  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3280
                      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
3281
        {
3282
          /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3283
             Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
3284
          if (h->dynindx == -1
3285
              && !h->forced_local)
3286
            {
3287
              if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3288
                return FALSE;
3289
            }
3290
 
3291
          /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
3292
             relocs.  */
3293
          if (h->dynindx != -1)
3294
            goto keep;
3295
        }
3296
 
3297
      eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3298
 
3299
    keep: ;
3300
    }
3301
 
3302
  /* Finally, allocate space.  */
3303
  for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3304
    {
3305
      asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3306
      sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3307
 
3308
      /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups.  */
3309
      if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3310
        htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3311
    }
3312
 
3313
  return TRUE;
3314
}
3315
 
3316
/* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections.  */
3317
 
3318
static bfd_boolean
3319
readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
3320
{
3321
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
3322
  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3323
 
3324
  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3325
    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3326
 
3327
  eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
3328
  for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3329
    {
3330
      asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
3331
 
3332
      if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3333
        {
3334
          struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
3335
 
3336
          info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3337
 
3338
          /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal.  */
3339
          return FALSE;
3340
        }
3341
    }
3342
  return TRUE;
3343
}
3344
 
3345
/* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
3346
   and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
3347
   It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style.  */
3348
 
3349
static bfd_boolean
3350
sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3351
{
3352
  sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd, info->shared);
3353
 
3354
  if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->relocatable)
3355
    {
3356
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3357
 
3358
      /* Force a PT_GNU_STACK segment to be created.  */
3359
      if (! elf_tdata (output_bfd)->stack_flags)
3360
        elf_tdata (output_bfd)->stack_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
3361
 
3362
      /* Define __stacksize if it's not defined yet.  */
3363
      h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__stacksize",
3364
                                FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
3365
      if (! h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3366
          || h->type != STT_OBJECT
3367
          || !h->def_regular)
3368
        {
3369
          struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
3370
 
3371
          if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3372
                (info, output_bfd, "__stacksize",
3373
                 BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE,
3374
                 (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
3375
                 get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->collect, &bh)))
3376
            return FALSE;
3377
 
3378
          h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
3379
          h->def_regular = 1;
3380
          h->type = STT_OBJECT;
3381
        }
3382
    }
3383
  return TRUE;
3384
}
3385
 
3386
#if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
3387
 
3388
static bfd_boolean
3389
sh_elf_modify_program_headers (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3390
{
3391
  struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (output_bfd);
3392
  struct elf_segment_map *m;
3393
  Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
3394
 
3395
  /* objcopy and strip preserve what's already there using
3396
     sh_elf_copy_private_bfd_data ().  */
3397
  if (! info)
3398
    return TRUE;
3399
 
3400
  for (p = tdata->phdr, m = tdata->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
3401
    if (m->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
3402
      break;
3403
 
3404
  if (m)
3405
    {
3406
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3407
 
3408
      /* Obtain the pointer to the __stacksize symbol.  */
3409
      h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__stacksize",
3410
                                FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
3411
      if (h)
3412
        {
3413
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3414
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3415
            h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3416
          BFD_ASSERT (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
3417
        }
3418
 
3419
      /* Set the header p_memsz from the symbol value.  We
3420
         intentionally ignore the symbol section.  */
3421
      if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
3422
        p->p_memsz = h->root.u.def.value;
3423
      else
3424
        p->p_memsz = DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE;
3425
 
3426
      p->p_align = 8;
3427
    }
3428
 
3429
  return TRUE;
3430
}
3431
 
3432
#endif
3433
 
3434
/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
3435
 
3436
static bfd_boolean
3437
sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3438
                              struct bfd_link_info *info)
3439
{
3440
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3441
  bfd *dynobj;
3442
  asection *s;
3443
  bfd_boolean relocs;
3444
  bfd *ibfd;
3445
 
3446
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3447
  if (htab == NULL)
3448
    return FALSE;
3449
 
3450
  dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3451
  BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
3452
 
3453
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3454
    {
3455
      /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
3456
      if (info->executable)
3457
        {
3458
          s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
3459
          BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3460
          s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3461
          s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3462
        }
3463
    }
3464
 
3465
  /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
3466
     relocs.  */
3467
  for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
3468
    {
3469
      bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
3470
      bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
3471
      union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc;
3472
      char *local_got_type;
3473
      bfd_size_type locsymcount;
3474
      Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3475
      asection *srel;
3476
 
3477
      if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
3478
        continue;
3479
 
3480
      for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3481
        {
3482
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3483
 
3484
          for (p = ((struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *)
3485
                    elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
3486
               p != NULL;
3487
               p = p->next)
3488
            {
3489
              if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
3490
                  && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
3491
                {
3492
                  /* Input section has been discarded, either because
3493
                     it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
3494
                     linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
3495
                     the relocs too.  */
3496
                }
3497
              else if (htab->vxworks_p
3498
                       && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
3499
                                  ".tls_vars") == 0)
3500
                {
3501
                  /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
3502
                     handled specially by the loader.  */
3503
                }
3504
              else if (p->count != 0)
3505
                {
3506
                  srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3507
                  srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3508
                  if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3509
                    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3510
 
3511
                  /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups.  */
3512
                  if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3513
                    htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3514
                }
3515
            }
3516
        }
3517
 
3518
      symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
3519
      locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3520
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3521
      /* Count datalabel local GOT.  */
3522
      locsymcount *= 2;
3523
#endif
3524
      s = htab->sgot;
3525
      srel = htab->srelgot;
3526
 
3527
      local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
3528
      if (local_got)
3529
        {
3530
          end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
3531
          local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd);
3532
          local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3533
          for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
3534
            {
3535
              if (*local_got > 0)
3536
                {
3537
                  *local_got = s->size;
3538
                  s->size += 4;
3539
                  if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3540
                    s->size += 4;
3541
                  if (info->shared)
3542
                    srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3543
                  else
3544
                    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3545
 
3546
                  if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3547
                    {
3548
                      if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3549
                        {
3550
                          bfd_size_type size;
3551
 
3552
                          size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref);
3553
                          local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd,
3554
                                                                        size);
3555
                          if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3556
                            return FALSE;
3557
                          sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc;
3558
                          local_funcdesc += (local_got
3559
                                             - elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd));
3560
                        }
3561
                      local_funcdesc->refcount++;
3562
                      ++local_funcdesc;
3563
                    }
3564
                }
3565
              else
3566
                *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
3567
              ++local_got_type;
3568
            }
3569
        }
3570
 
3571
      local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3572
      if (local_funcdesc)
3573
        {
3574
          end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount;
3575
 
3576
          for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc)
3577
            {
3578
              if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0)
3579
                {
3580
                  local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3581
                  htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3582
                  if (!info->shared)
3583
                    htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3584
                  else
3585
                    htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3586
                }
3587
              else
3588
                local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE;
3589
            }
3590
        }
3591
 
3592
    }
3593
 
3594
  if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
3595
    {
3596
      /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
3597
         relocs.  */
3598
      htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->sgot->size;
3599
      htab->sgot->size += 8;
3600
      htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3601
    }
3602
  else
3603
    htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
3604
 
3605
  /* Only the reserved entries should be present.  For FDPIC, they go at
3606
     the end of .got.plt.  */
3607
  if (htab->fdpic_p)
3608
    {
3609
      BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt && htab->sgotplt->size == 12);
3610
      htab->sgotplt->size = 0;
3611
    }
3612
 
3613
  /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
3614
     sym dynamic relocs.  */
3615
  elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
3616
 
3617
  /* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the
3618
     end of the FDPIC .got.plt.  */
3619
  if (htab->fdpic_p)
3620
    {
3621
      htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->sgotplt->size;
3622
      htab->sgotplt->size += 12;
3623
    }
3624
 
3625
  /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT.  */
3626
  if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
3627
    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3628
 
3629
  /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
3630
     Allocate memory for them.  */
3631
  relocs = FALSE;
3632
  for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3633
    {
3634
      if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
3635
        continue;
3636
 
3637
      if (s == htab->splt
3638
          || s == htab->sgot
3639
          || s == htab->sgotplt
3640
          || s == htab->sfuncdesc
3641
          || s == htab->srofixup
3642
          || s == htab->sdynbss)
3643
        {
3644
          /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
3645
             comment below.  */
3646
        }
3647
      else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela"))
3648
        {
3649
          if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
3650
            relocs = TRUE;
3651
 
3652
          /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
3653
             to copy relocs into the output file.  */
3654
          s->reloc_count = 0;
3655
        }
3656
      else
3657
        {
3658
          /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
3659
          continue;
3660
        }
3661
 
3662
      if (s->size == 0)
3663
        {
3664
          /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
3665
             output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
3666
             .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
3667
             create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
3668
             before the linker maps input sections to output
3669
             sections.  The linker does that before
3670
             adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
3671
             function which decides whether anything needs to go
3672
             into these sections.  */
3673
 
3674
          s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3675
          continue;
3676
        }
3677
 
3678
      if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3679
        continue;
3680
 
3681
      /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  We use bfd_zalloc
3682
         here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
3683
         section's contents are written out.  This should not happen,
3684
         but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
3685
         of garbage.  */
3686
      s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
3687
      if (s->contents == NULL)
3688
        return FALSE;
3689
    }
3690
 
3691
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3692
    {
3693
      /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
3694
         values later, in sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
3695
         must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
3696
         the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
3697
         dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
3698
#define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
3699
  _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
3700
 
3701
      if (info->executable)
3702
        {
3703
          if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
3704
            return FALSE;
3705
        }
3706
 
3707
      if (htab->splt->size != 0)
3708
        {
3709
          if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
3710
              || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
3711
              || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
3712
              || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
3713
            return FALSE;
3714
        }
3715
      else if ((elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
3716
               && htab->sgot->size != 0)
3717
        {
3718
          if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0))
3719
            return FALSE;
3720
        }
3721
 
3722
      if (relocs)
3723
        {
3724
          if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
3725
              || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
3726
              || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT,
3727
                                      sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
3728
            return FALSE;
3729
 
3730
          /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
3731
             then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry.  */
3732
          if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
3733
            elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, readonly_dynrelocs, info);
3734
 
3735
          if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
3736
            {
3737
              if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
3738
                return FALSE;
3739
            }
3740
        }
3741
      if (htab->vxworks_p
3742
          && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
3743
        return FALSE;
3744
    }
3745
#undef add_dynamic_entry
3746
 
3747
  return TRUE;
3748
}
3749
 
3750
/* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section.  */
3751
 
3752
inline static bfd_vma
3753
sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset,
3754
                      int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
3755
{
3756
  Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3757
  bfd_vma reloc_offset;
3758
 
3759
  outrel.r_offset = offset;
3760
  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type);
3761
  outrel.r_addend = addend;
3762
 
3763
  reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3764
  BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size);
3765
  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
3766
                             sreloc->contents + reloc_offset);
3767
  sreloc->reloc_count++;
3768
 
3769
  return reloc_offset;
3770
}
3771
 
3772
/* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup.  */
3773
 
3774
inline static void
3775
sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset)
3776
{
3777
  bfd_vma fixup_offset;
3778
 
3779
  fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4;
3780
  BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size);
3781
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset);
3782
}
3783
 
3784
/* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the
3785
   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol.  */
3786
 
3787
static bfd_signed_vma
3788
sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab)
3789
{
3790
  return (htab->sgot->output_offset - htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3791
          - htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3792
}
3793
 
3794
/* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is
3795
   located.  */
3796
 
3797
static unsigned
3798
sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3799
{
3800
  Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd,
3801
                                                                   osec);
3802
 
3803
  /* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to.  The kernel
3804
     supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is
3805
     a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment.  */
3806
  return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1;
3807
}
3808
 
3809
static bfd_boolean
3810
sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3811
{
3812
  unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec);
3813
 
3814
  return ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W);
3815
}
3816
 
3817
/* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along
3818
   with any relocations or fixups required.  */
3819
static bfd_boolean
3820
sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd,
3821
                            struct bfd_link_info *info,
3822
                            struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3823
                            bfd_vma offset,
3824
                            asection *section,
3825
                            bfd_vma value)
3826
{
3827
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3828
  int dynindx;
3829
  bfd_vma addr, seg;
3830
 
3831
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3832
 
3833
  /* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the
3834
     descriptor, along with the segment index.  We're RELA, so it could
3835
     go in the reloc instead... */
3836
 
3837
  if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3838
    {
3839
      section = h->root.u.def.section;
3840
      value = h->root.u.def.value;
3841
    }
3842
 
3843
  if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3844
    {
3845
      dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx;
3846
      addr = value + section->output_offset;
3847
      seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section);
3848
    }
3849
  else
3850
    {
3851
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
3852
      dynindx = h->dynindx;
3853
      addr = seg = 0;
3854
    }
3855
 
3856
  if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3857
    {
3858
      if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3859
        {
3860
          sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3861
                              offset
3862
                              + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3863
                              + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3864
          sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3865
                              offset + 4
3866
                              + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3867
                              + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3868
        }
3869
 
3870
      /* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final
3871
         address and gp value (barring fixups).  */
3872
      addr += section->output_section->vma;
3873
      seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
3874
        + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3875
        + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
3876
    }
3877
  else
3878
    sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc,
3879
                          offset
3880
                          + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3881
                          + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset,
3882
                          R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0);
3883
 
3884
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset);
3885
  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4);
3886
 
3887
  return TRUE;
3888
}
3889
 
3890
/* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
3891
   VALUE is the field's value.  Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error
3892
   otherwise.  */
3893
 
3894
static bfd_reloc_status_type
3895
install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation,
3896
                      bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3897
                      bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
3898
{
3899
  unsigned long cur_val;
3900
  bfd_byte *addr;
3901
  bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3902
 
3903
  if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
3904
    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3905
 
3906
  r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0,
3907
                          bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation);
3908
  if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
3909
    return r;
3910
 
3911
  addr = contents + offset;
3912
  cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr);
3913
  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr);
3914
  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2);
3915
 
3916
  return bfd_reloc_ok;
3917
}
3918
 
3919
/* Relocate an SH ELF section.  */
3920
 
3921
static bfd_boolean
3922
sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3923
                         bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3924
                         bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3925
                         Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3926
                         asection **local_sections)
3927
{
3928
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3929
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3930
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3931
  Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
3932
  bfd *dynobj;
3933
  bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
3934
  asection *sgot;
3935
  asection *sgotplt;
3936
  asection *splt;
3937
  asection *sreloc;
3938
  asection *srelgot;
3939
  bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
3940
  unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2];
3941
 
3942
  BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (input_bfd));
3943
 
3944
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3945
  if (htab == NULL)
3946
    return FALSE;
3947
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
3948
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3949
  dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3950
  local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
3951
 
3952
  isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3953
                                         input_section->output_section);
3954
  if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->sgot)
3955
    got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3956
                                          htab->sgot->output_section);
3957
  else
3958
    got_segment = -1;
3959
  if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->splt)
3960
    plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3961
                                          htab->splt->output_section);
3962
  else
3963
    plt_segment = -1;
3964
 
3965
  sgot = htab->sgot;
3966
  sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
3967
  splt = htab->splt;
3968
  sreloc = NULL;
3969
  srelgot = NULL;
3970
  /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
3971
     specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'.  */
3972
  is_vxworks_tls = (htab->vxworks_p && info->shared
3973
                    && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
3974
                                ".tls_vars"));
3975
 
3976
  rel = relocs;
3977
  relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3978
  for (; rel < relend; rel++)
3979
    {
3980
      int r_type;
3981
      reloc_howto_type *howto;
3982
      unsigned long r_symndx;
3983
      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3984
      asection *sec;
3985
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3986
      bfd_vma relocation;
3987
      bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
3988
      bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3989
      int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
3990
      bfd_vma off;
3991
      int got_type;
3992
      const char *symname = NULL;
3993
 
3994
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3995
 
3996
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3997
 
3998
      /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
3999
         handled entirely by the relaxation code.  */
4000
      if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
4001
          && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
4002
        continue;
4003
      if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
4004
        continue;
4005
 
4006
      if (r_type < 0
4007
          || r_type >= R_SH_max
4008
          || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
4009
              && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
4010
          || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
4011
              && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
4012
          || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
4013
              && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
4014
          || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
4015
              && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
4016
          || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
4017
              && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
4018
          || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
4019
              && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
4020
        {
4021
          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4022
          return FALSE;
4023
        }
4024
 
4025
      howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type;
4026
 
4027
      /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
4028
         the relocation.  */
4029
      if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4030
        addend = rel->r_addend;
4031
 
4032
      h = NULL;
4033
      sym = NULL;
4034
      sec = NULL;
4035
      check_segment[0] = -1;
4036
      check_segment[1] = -1;
4037
      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4038
        {
4039
          sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
4040
          sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
4041
 
4042
          symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
4043
            (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
4044
          if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0')
4045
            symname = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
4046
 
4047
          relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
4048
                        + sec->output_offset
4049
                        + sym->st_value);
4050
          /* A local symbol never has STO_SH5_ISA32, so we don't need
4051
             datalabel processing here.  Make sure this does not change
4052
             without notice.  */
4053
          if ((sym->st_other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0)
4054
            ((*info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
4055
             (info,
4056
              _("Unexpected STO_SH5_ISA32 on local symbol is not handled"),
4057
              input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset));
4058
 
4059
          if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
4060
            /* Handled below.  */
4061
            ;
4062
          else if (info->relocatable)
4063
            {
4064
              /* This is a relocatable link.  We don't have to change
4065
                 anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
4066
                 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
4067
                 section symbol winds up in the output section.  */
4068
              if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4069
                {
4070
                  if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4071
                    {
4072
                      /* For relocations with the addend in the
4073
                         relocation, we need just to update the addend.
4074
                         All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
4075
                         code is mostly for completeness.  */
4076
                      rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
4077
 
4078
                      continue;
4079
                    }
4080
 
4081
                  /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
4082
                     contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
4083
                     from the changed location of the section symbol.
4084
                     Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
4085
                     final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
4086
                     relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
4087
                     location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
4088
                     final link.  */
4089
                  r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
4090
                                              sec->output_offset
4091
                                              + sym->st_value,
4092
                                              contents + rel->r_offset);
4093
                  goto relocation_done;
4094
                }
4095
 
4096
              continue;
4097
            }
4098
          else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4099
            {
4100
              relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
4101
              addend = rel->r_addend;
4102
            }
4103
          else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
4104
                   && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4105
            {
4106
              asection *msec;
4107
 
4108
              if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
4109
                {
4110
                  (*_bfd_error_handler)
4111
                    (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
4112
                     input_bfd, input_section,
4113
                     (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
4114
                  return FALSE;
4115
                }
4116
 
4117
              addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
4118
              msec = sec;
4119
              addend =
4120
                _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
4121
                - relocation;
4122
              addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
4123
              bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
4124
              addend = 0;
4125
            }
4126
        }
4127
      else
4128
        {
4129
          /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro.  */
4130
 
4131
          relocation = 0;
4132
          h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4133
          symname = h->root.root.string;
4134
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4135
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4136
            {
4137
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4138
              /* If the reference passes a symbol marked with
4139
                 STT_DATALABEL, then any STO_SH5_ISA32 on the final value
4140
                 doesn't count.  */
4141
              seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
4142
#endif
4143
              h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4144
            }
4145
          if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4146
              || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4147
            {
4148
              bfd_boolean dyn;
4149
 
4150
              dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
4151
              sec = h->root.u.def.section;
4152
              /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
4153
                 We check specially because in some obscure cases
4154
                 sec->output_section will be NULL.  */
4155
              if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
4156
                  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
4157
                  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
4158
                  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
4159
                  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
4160
                  || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
4161
                       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
4162
                       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
4163
                       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
4164
                       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
4165
                      && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4166
                  || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
4167
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOT20
4168
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC
4169
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20
4170
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
4171
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
4172
                       || r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC
4173
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
4174
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
4175
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
4176
                       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
4177
                      && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4178
                      && (! info->shared
4179
                          || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4180
                          || !h->def_regular))
4181
                  /* The cases above are those in which relocation is
4182
                     overwritten in the switch block below.  The cases
4183
                     below are those in which we must defer relocation
4184
                     to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
4185
                     addresses when creating a shared library.  */
4186
                  || (info->shared
4187
                      && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4188
                          || !h->def_regular)
4189
                      && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4190
                           && !h->forced_local)
4191
                          || (r_type == R_SH_REL32
4192
                              && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4193
                      && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4194
                          /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
4195
                             sections against symbols defined externally
4196
                             in shared libraries.  We can't do anything
4197
                             with them here.  */
4198
                          || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4199
                              && h->def_dynamic)))
4200
                  /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
4201
                     sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
4202
                     thus ld.so will not process them.  */
4203
                  || (sec->output_section == NULL
4204
                      && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4205
                          && h->def_dynamic))
4206
                  || (sec->output_section == NULL
4207
                      && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
4208
                          || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
4209
                ;
4210
              else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
4211
                relocation = ((h->root.u.def.value
4212
                              + sec->output_section->vma
4213
                              + sec->output_offset)
4214
                              /* A STO_SH5_ISA32 causes a "bitor 1" to the
4215
                                 symbol value, unless we've seen
4216
                                 STT_DATALABEL on the way to it.  */
4217
                              | ((h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0
4218
                                 && ! seen_stt_datalabel));
4219
              else if (!info->relocatable)
4220
                {
4221
                  (*_bfd_error_handler)
4222
                    (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
4223
                     input_bfd,
4224
                     input_section,
4225
                     (long) rel->r_offset,
4226
                     howto->name,
4227
                     h->root.root.string);
4228
                  return FALSE;
4229
                }
4230
            }
4231
          else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4232
            ;
4233
          else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
4234
                   && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
4235
            ;
4236
          else if (!info->relocatable)
4237
            {
4238
              if (! info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
4239
                  (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
4240
                   input_section, rel->r_offset,
4241
                   (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
4242
                    || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))))
4243
                return FALSE;
4244
            }
4245
        }
4246
 
4247
      if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
4248
        {
4249
          /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
4250
             or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
4251
             section contents zeroed.  Avoid any special processing.  */
4252
          _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
4253
          rel->r_info = 0;
4254
          rel->r_addend = 0;
4255
          continue;
4256
        }
4257
 
4258
      if (info->relocatable)
4259
        continue;
4260
 
4261
      /* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files.  Most
4262
         relocations connect the relocation site to the location of
4263
         the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below.  */
4264
      check_segment[0] = isec_segment;
4265
      if (sec != NULL)
4266
        check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
4267
                                                   sec->output_section);
4268
      else
4269
        check_segment[1] = -1;
4270
 
4271
      switch ((int) r_type)
4272
        {
4273
        final_link_relocate:
4274
          /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
4275
             R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers.  */
4276
          r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
4277
                                        contents, rel->r_offset,
4278
                                        relocation, addend);
4279
          break;
4280
 
4281
        case R_SH_IND12W:
4282
          goto final_link_relocate;
4283
 
4284
        case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4285
        case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
4286
        case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
4287
          /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
4288
             the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
4289
             is here only to assist in relaxing.  If the reloc is not
4290
             against the start of this section, then it's against an
4291
             external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves.  */
4292
          if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
4293
              != relocation)
4294
            {
4295
              int disp = (relocation
4296
                          - input_section->output_section->vma
4297
                          - input_section->output_offset
4298
                          - rel->r_offset);
4299
              int mask = 0;
4300
              switch (r_type)
4301
                {
4302
                case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4303
                case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
4304
                case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
4305
                default: mask = 0; break;
4306
                }
4307
              if (disp & mask)
4308
                {
4309
                  ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4310
                   (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
4311
                    input_section->owner,
4312
                    (unsigned long) rel->r_offset));
4313
                  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4314
                  return FALSE;
4315
                }
4316
              relocation -= 4;
4317
              goto final_link_relocate;
4318
            }
4319
          r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4320
          break;
4321
 
4322
        default:
4323
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4324
          if (shmedia_prepare_reloc (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4325
                                     contents, rel, &relocation))
4326
            goto final_link_relocate;
4327
#endif
4328
          bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4329
          return FALSE;
4330
 
4331
        case R_SH_DIR16:
4332
        case R_SH_DIR8:
4333
        case R_SH_DIR8U:
4334
        case R_SH_DIR8S:
4335
        case R_SH_DIR4U:
4336
          goto final_link_relocate;
4337
 
4338
        case R_SH_DIR8UL:
4339
        case R_SH_DIR4UL:
4340
          if (relocation & 3)
4341
            {
4342
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4343
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4344
                input_section->owner,
4345
                (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4346
                (unsigned long) relocation));
4347
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4348
              return FALSE;
4349
            }
4350
          goto final_link_relocate;
4351
 
4352
        case R_SH_DIR8UW:
4353
        case R_SH_DIR8SW:
4354
        case R_SH_DIR4UW:
4355
          if (relocation & 1)
4356
            {
4357
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4358
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4359
                input_section->owner,
4360
                (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4361
                (unsigned long) relocation));
4362
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4363
              return FALSE;
4364
            }
4365
          goto final_link_relocate;
4366
 
4367
        case R_SH_PSHA:
4368
          if ((signed int)relocation < -32
4369
              || (signed int)relocation > 32)
4370
            {
4371
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4372
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4373
                input_section->owner,
4374
                (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4375
                (unsigned long) relocation));
4376
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4377
              return FALSE;
4378
            }
4379
          goto final_link_relocate;
4380
 
4381
        case R_SH_PSHL:
4382
          if ((signed int)relocation < -16
4383
              || (signed int)relocation > 16)
4384
            {
4385
              ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4386
               (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4387
                input_section->owner,
4388
                (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4389
                (unsigned long) relocation));
4390
              bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4391
              return FALSE;
4392
            }
4393
          goto final_link_relocate;
4394
 
4395
        case R_SH_DIR32:
4396
        case R_SH_REL32:
4397
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4398
        case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
4399
        case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
4400
        case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
4401
        case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
4402
#endif
4403
          if (info->shared
4404
              && (h == NULL
4405
                  || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4406
                  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4407
              && r_symndx != 0
4408
              && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4409
              && !is_vxworks_tls
4410
              && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4411
                  || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4412
            {
4413
              Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4414
              bfd_byte *loc;
4415
              bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
4416
 
4417
              /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
4418
                 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
4419
                 time.  */
4420
 
4421
              if (sreloc == NULL)
4422
                {
4423
                  sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
4424
                    (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
4425
                  if (sreloc == NULL)
4426
                    return FALSE;
4427
                }
4428
 
4429
              skip = FALSE;
4430
              relocate = FALSE;
4431
 
4432
              outrel.r_offset =
4433
                _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4434
                                         rel->r_offset);
4435
              if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4436
                skip = TRUE;
4437
              else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
4438
                skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
4439
              outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4440
                                  + input_section->output_offset);
4441
 
4442
              if (skip)
4443
                memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
4444
              else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
4445
                {
4446
                  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4447
                  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
4448
                  outrel.r_addend
4449
                    = (howto->partial_inplace
4450
                       ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4451
                       : addend);
4452
                }
4453
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4454
              else if (r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
4455
                       || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
4456
                       || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
4457
                       || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL)
4458
                {
4459
                  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4460
                  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
4461
                  outrel.r_addend = addend;
4462
                }
4463
#endif
4464
              else if (htab->fdpic_p
4465
                       && (h == NULL
4466
                           || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4467
                               && h->def_regular)))
4468
                {
4469
                  int dynindx;
4470
 
4471
                  BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
4472
                  BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL);
4473
                  dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4474
                  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4475
                  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4476
                  outrel.r_addend
4477
                    += (howto->partial_inplace
4478
                        ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4479
                        : addend);
4480
                  outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4481
                }
4482
              else
4483
                {
4484
                  /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
4485
                     become local.  */
4486
                  if (h == NULL
4487
                      || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4488
                          && h->def_regular))
4489
                    {
4490
                      relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
4491
                      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4492
                    }
4493
                  else
4494
                    {
4495
                      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4496
                      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4497
                    }
4498
                  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4499
                  outrel.r_addend
4500
                    += (howto->partial_inplace
4501
                        ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4502
                        : addend);
4503
                }
4504
 
4505
              loc = sreloc->contents;
4506
              loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4507
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4508
 
4509
              check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4510
 
4511
              /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
4512
                 not want to fiddle with the addend.  Otherwise, we
4513
                 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
4514
                 an addend for the dynamic reloc.  */
4515
              if (! relocate)
4516
                continue;
4517
            }
4518
          else if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
4519
                   && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4520
                   && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4521
            {
4522
              bfd_vma offset;
4523
 
4524
                if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4525
                                            input_section->output_section))
4526
                  {
4527
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
4528
                      (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4529
                       input_bfd,
4530
                       input_section,
4531
                       (long) rel->r_offset,
4532
                       symname);
4533
                    return FALSE;
4534
                  }
4535
 
4536
              offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4537
                                                input_section, rel->r_offset);
4538
              if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4539
                sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4540
                                    input_section->output_section->vma
4541
                                    + input_section->output_offset
4542
                                    + rel->r_offset);
4543
 
4544
              check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4545
            }
4546
          goto final_link_relocate;
4547
 
4548
        case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
4549
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4550
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
4551
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
4552
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
4553
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
4554
        case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
4555
        case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
4556
#endif
4557
          /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4558
             procedure linkage table.  */
4559
 
4560
          if (h == NULL
4561
              || h->forced_local
4562
              || ! info->shared
4563
              || info->symbolic
4564
              || h->dynindx == -1
4565
              || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
4566
              || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4567
            goto force_got;
4568
 
4569
          /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4570
             offset table extension for the procedure linkage table.  */
4571
 
4572
          BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4573
          relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
4574
                        + (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
4575
                           + 3) * 4);
4576
 
4577
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4578
          relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4579
#endif
4580
 
4581
          goto final_link_relocate;
4582
 
4583
        force_got:
4584
        case R_SH_GOT32:
4585
        case R_SH_GOT20:
4586
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4587
        case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
4588
        case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
4589
        case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
4590
        case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
4591
        case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
4592
        case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
4593
#endif
4594
          /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4595
             offset table.  */
4596
 
4597
          BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
4598
          check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4599
 
4600
          if (h != NULL)
4601
            {
4602
              bfd_boolean dyn;
4603
 
4604
              off = h->got.offset;
4605
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4606
              if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4607
                {
4608
                  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4609
 
4610
                  hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4611
                  off = hsh->datalabel_got.offset;
4612
                }
4613
#endif
4614
              BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
4615
 
4616
              dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
4617
              if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4618
                  || (info->shared
4619
                      && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4620
                  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
4621
                      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4622
                {
4623
                  /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
4624
                     -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
4625
                     locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
4626
                     because of a version file.  We must initialize
4627
                     this entry in the global offset table.  Since the
4628
                     offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
4629
                     least significant bit to record whether we have
4630
                     initialized it already.
4631
 
4632
                     When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
4633
                     relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
4634
                     is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
4635
                  if ((off & 1) != 0)
4636
                    off &= ~1;
4637
                  else
4638
                    {
4639
                      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4640
                                  sgot->contents + off);
4641
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4642
                      if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4643
                        {
4644
                          struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4645
 
4646
                          hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4647
                          hsh->datalabel_got.offset |= 1;
4648
                        }
4649
                      else
4650
#endif
4651
                        h->got.offset |= 1;
4652
 
4653
                      /* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid
4654
                         symbol address, also add a fixup.  */
4655
                      if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
4656
                          && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL
4657
                          && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4658
                              || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4659
                        sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4660
                                            sgot->output_section->vma
4661
                                            + sgot->output_offset
4662
                                            + off);
4663
                    }
4664
                }
4665
 
4666
              relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4667
            }
4668
          else
4669
            {
4670
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4671
              if (rel->r_addend)
4672
                {
4673
                  BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4674
                              && (local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4675
                                                    + r_symndx]
4676
                                  != (bfd_vma) -1));
4677
 
4678
                  off = local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4679
                                          + r_symndx];
4680
                }
4681
              else
4682
                {
4683
#endif
4684
              BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4685
                          && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
4686
 
4687
              off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4688
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4689
                }
4690
#endif
4691
 
4692
              /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
4693
                 the least significant bit to record whether we have
4694
                 already generated the necessary reloc.  */
4695
              if ((off & 1) != 0)
4696
                off &= ~1;
4697
              else
4698
                {
4699
                  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
4700
 
4701
                  if (info->shared)
4702
                    {
4703
                      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4704
                      bfd_byte *loc;
4705
 
4706
                      if (srelgot == NULL)
4707
                        {
4708
                          srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
4709
                                                             ".rela.got");
4710
                          BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
4711
                        }
4712
 
4713
                      outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4714
                                         + sgot->output_offset
4715
                                         + off);
4716
                      if (htab->fdpic_p)
4717
                        {
4718
                          int dynindx
4719
                            = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4720
                          outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4721
                          outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4722
                          outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4723
                        }
4724
                      else
4725
                        {
4726
                          outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4727
                          outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4728
                        }
4729
                      loc = srelgot->contents;
4730
                      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4731
                      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4732
                    }
4733
                  else if (htab->fdpic_p
4734
                           && (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]
4735
                               == GOT_NORMAL))
4736
                    sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4737
                                        sgot->output_section->vma
4738
                                        + sgot->output_offset
4739
                                        + off);
4740
 
4741
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4742
                  if (rel->r_addend)
4743
                    local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] |= 1;
4744
                  else
4745
#endif
4746
                    local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4747
                }
4748
 
4749
              relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4750
            }
4751
 
4752
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4753
          relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4754
#endif
4755
 
4756
          if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20)
4757
            {
4758
              r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4759
                                        input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4760
                                        rel->r_offset);
4761
              break;
4762
            }
4763
          else
4764
            goto final_link_relocate;
4765
 
4766
        case R_SH_GOTOFF:
4767
        case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
4768
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4769
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
4770
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
4771
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
4772
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
4773
#endif
4774
          /* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which
4775
             we place at the start of the .got.plt section.  This is the same
4776
             as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function
4777
             descriptors in front of it.  */
4778
          BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4779
          check_segment[0] = got_segment;
4780
          relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset
4781
            + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value;
4782
 
4783
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4784
          relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4785
#endif
4786
 
4787
          addend = rel->r_addend;
4788
 
4789
          if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20)
4790
            {
4791
              r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4792
                                        input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4793
                                        rel->r_offset);
4794
              break;
4795
            }
4796
          else
4797
            goto final_link_relocate;
4798
 
4799
        case R_SH_GOTPC:
4800
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4801
        case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
4802
        case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
4803
        case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
4804
        case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
4805
#endif
4806
          /* Use global offset table as symbol value.  */
4807
 
4808
          BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4809
          relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
4810
 
4811
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4812
          relocation += GOT_BIAS;
4813
#endif
4814
 
4815
          addend = rel->r_addend;
4816
 
4817
          goto final_link_relocate;
4818
 
4819
        case R_SH_PLT32:
4820
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4821
        case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
4822
        case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
4823
        case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
4824
        case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
4825
#endif
4826
          /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4827
             procedure linkage table.  */
4828
 
4829
          /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
4830
             without using the procedure linkage table.  */
4831
          if (h == NULL)
4832
            goto final_link_relocate;
4833
 
4834
          /* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols,
4835
             as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests
4836
             anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined
4837
             behavior.  */
4838
          if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4839
            check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4840
 
4841
          if (h->forced_local)
4842
            goto final_link_relocate;
4843
 
4844
          if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4845
            {
4846
              /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
4847
                 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
4848
                 using -Bsymbolic.  */
4849
              goto final_link_relocate;
4850
            }
4851
 
4852
          BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
4853
          check_segment[1] = plt_segment;
4854
          relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
4855
                        + splt->output_offset
4856
                        + h->plt.offset);
4857
 
4858
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4859
          relocation++;
4860
#endif
4861
 
4862
          addend = rel->r_addend;
4863
 
4864
          goto final_link_relocate;
4865
 
4866
        /* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this
4867
           symbol, possibly via the GOT.  Initialize the GOT
4868
           entry and function descriptor if necessary.  */
4869
        case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
4870
        case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
4871
        case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
4872
          {
4873
            int dynindx = -1;
4874
            asection *reloc_section;
4875
            bfd_vma reloc_offset;
4876
            int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC;
4877
 
4878
            check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4879
 
4880
            /* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the
4881
               executable, with --export-dynamic.  Do they need ld.so
4882
               to allocate official descriptors?  See what this code
4883
               does.  */
4884
 
4885
            relocation = 0;
4886
            addend = 0;
4887
 
4888
            if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4889
              {
4890
                reloc_section = input_section;
4891
                reloc_offset = rel->r_offset;
4892
              }
4893
            else
4894
              {
4895
                reloc_section = htab->sgot;
4896
 
4897
                if (h != NULL)
4898
                  reloc_offset = h->got.offset;
4899
                else
4900
                  {
4901
                    BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
4902
                    reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4903
                  }
4904
                BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE);
4905
 
4906
                if (reloc_offset & 1)
4907
                  {
4908
                    reloc_offset &= ~1;
4909
                    goto funcdesc_done_got;
4910
                  }
4911
              }
4912
 
4913
            if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4914
                && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4915
                    || !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created))
4916
              /* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically
4917
                 resolved later; leave it at zero.  */
4918
              goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4919
            else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4920
                     && ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4921
              {
4922
                /* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor
4923
                   but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is
4924
                   protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to
4925
                   section+offset.  This is an optimization; the dynamic
4926
                   linker would resolve our function descriptor request
4927
                   to our copy of the function anyway.  */
4928
                dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section
4929
                                            ->output_section)->dynindx;
4930
                relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
4931
                  + h->root.u.def.value;
4932
              }
4933
            else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4934
              {
4935
                /* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic
4936
                   symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a
4937
                   shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that
4938
                   the dynamic linker will allocate the function
4939
                   descriptor.  */
4940
                BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4941
                dynindx = h->dynindx;
4942
              }
4943
            else
4944
              {
4945
                bfd_vma offset;
4946
 
4947
                /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
4948
                   descriptor, so reference it directly.  */
4949
                reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32;
4950
                dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc
4951
                                            ->output_section)->dynindx;
4952
 
4953
                if (h)
4954
                  {
4955
                    offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
4956
                    BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4957
                    if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4958
                      {
4959
                        if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
4960
                                                         offset, NULL, 0))
4961
                          return FALSE;
4962
                        sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
4963
                      }
4964
                  }
4965
                else
4966
                  {
4967
                    union gotref *local_funcdesc;
4968
 
4969
                    local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
4970
                    offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
4971
                    BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4972
                    if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4973
                      {
4974
                        if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
4975
                                                         offset, sec,
4976
                                                         sym->st_value))
4977
                          return FALSE;
4978
                        local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
4979
                      }
4980
                  }
4981
 
4982
                relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
4983
              }
4984
 
4985
            if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4986
              {
4987
                bfd_vma offset;
4988
 
4989
                if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4990
                                            reloc_section->output_section))
4991
                  {
4992
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
4993
                      (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4994
                       input_bfd,
4995
                       input_section,
4996
                       (long) rel->r_offset,
4997
                       symname);
4998
                    return FALSE;
4999
                  }
5000
 
5001
                offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
5002
                                                  reloc_section, reloc_offset);
5003
 
5004
                if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
5005
                  sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
5006
                                      offset
5007
                                      + reloc_section->output_section->vma
5008
                                      + reloc_section->output_offset);
5009
              }
5010
            else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags
5011
                      & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5012
              {
5013
                bfd_vma offset;
5014
 
5015
                if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
5016
                                            reloc_section->output_section))
5017
                  {
5018
                    info->callbacks->warning
5019
                      (info,
5020
                       _("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"),
5021
                       symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset);
5022
                    return FALSE;
5023
                  }
5024
 
5025
                if (srelgot == NULL)
5026
                  {
5027
                    srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
5028
                    BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
5029
                  }
5030
 
5031
                offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
5032
                                                  reloc_section, reloc_offset);
5033
 
5034
                if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
5035
                  sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot,
5036
                                        offset
5037
                                        + reloc_section->output_section->vma
5038
                                        + reloc_section->output_offset,
5039
                                        reloc_type, dynindx, relocation);
5040
 
5041
                if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5042
                  {
5043
                    r = bfd_reloc_ok;
5044
                    break;
5045
                  }
5046
                else
5047
                  {
5048
                    relocation = 0;
5049
                    goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
5050
                  }
5051
              }
5052
 
5053
            if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
5054
              relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma;
5055
          funcdesc_leave_zero:
5056
            if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5057
              {
5058
                bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
5059
                            reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset);
5060
                if (h != NULL)
5061
                  h->got.offset |= 1;
5062
                else
5063
                  local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5064
 
5065
              funcdesc_done_got:
5066
 
5067
                relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset;
5068
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
5069
                relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5070
#endif
5071
              }
5072
            if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20)
5073
              {
5074
                r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5075
                                          input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5076
                                          rel->r_offset);
5077
                break;
5078
              }
5079
            else
5080
              goto final_link_relocate;
5081
          }
5082
          break;
5083
 
5084
        case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5085
        case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5086
          /* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the
5087
             executable and --export-dynamic.  If such symbols get
5088
             ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
5089
             for them.  */
5090
 
5091
          check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5092
          relocation = 0;
5093
          addend = rel->r_addend;
5094
 
5095
          if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5096
                    || !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)))
5097
            {
5098
              _bfd_error_handler
5099
                (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""),
5100
                 input_bfd, input_section, (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
5101
                 h->root.root.string);
5102
              return FALSE;
5103
            }
5104
          else
5105
            {
5106
              bfd_vma offset;
5107
 
5108
              /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
5109
                 descriptor, so reference it directly.  */
5110
              if (h)
5111
                {
5112
                  offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
5113
                  BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5114
                  if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5115
                    {
5116
                      if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
5117
                                                       offset, NULL, 0))
5118
                        return FALSE;
5119
                      sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
5120
                    }
5121
                }
5122
              else
5123
                {
5124
                  union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5125
 
5126
                  local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
5127
                  offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
5128
                  BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5129
                  if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5130
                    {
5131
                      if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
5132
                                                       offset, sec,
5133
                                                       sym->st_value))
5134
                        return FALSE;
5135
                      local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
5136
                    }
5137
                }
5138
 
5139
              relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
5140
            }
5141
 
5142
          relocation -= htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
5143
            + htab->sgotplt->output_offset;
5144
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
5145
          relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5146
#endif
5147
 
5148
          if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20)
5149
            {
5150
              r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5151
                                        input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5152
                                        rel->r_offset);
5153
              break;
5154
            }
5155
          else
5156
            goto final_link_relocate;
5157
 
5158
        case R_SH_LOOP_START:
5159
          {
5160
            static bfd_vma start, end;
5161
 
5162
            start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5163
                     - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5164
            r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5165
                                   rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5166
            break;
5167
 
5168
        case R_SH_LOOP_END:
5169
            end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5170
                   - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5171
            r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5172
                                   rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5173
            break;
5174
          }
5175
 
5176
        case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5177
        case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5178
          check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5179
          r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
5180
          got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5181
          if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
5182
            got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
5183
          else if (h != NULL)
5184
            {
5185
              got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
5186
              if (! info->shared
5187
                  && (h->dynindx == -1
5188
                      || h->def_regular))
5189
                r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5190
            }
5191
 
5192
          if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
5193
            r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5194
 
5195
          if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
5196
            {
5197
              bfd_vma offset;
5198
              unsigned short insn;
5199
 
5200
              if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5201
                {
5202
                  /* GD->LE transition:
5203
                       mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5204
                       jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5205
                       1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5206
                     We change it into:
5207
                       mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
5208
                       nop; nop; ...
5209
                       1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:.  */
5210
 
5211
                  offset = rel->r_offset;
5212
                  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5213
                  /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
5214
                  offset -= 16;
5215
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5216
                  if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5217
                    {
5218
                      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5219
                      offset -= 2;
5220
                      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5221
                    }
5222
 
5223
                  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5224
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5225
                  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5226
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5227
                  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5228
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5229
                  BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5230
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5231
                  BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5232
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5233
                  BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5234
 
5235
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
5236
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
5237
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5238
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5239
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5240
                }
5241
              else
5242
                {
5243
                  int target;
5244
 
5245
                  /* IE->LE transition:
5246
                     mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,rN; mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
5247
                     bra 2f; add ...; .align 2; 1: x@GOTTPOFF; 2:
5248
                     We change it into:
5249
                     mov.l .Ln,rM; stc gbr,rN; nop; ...;
5250
                     1: x@TPOFF; 2:.  */
5251
 
5252
                  offset = rel->r_offset;
5253
                  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5254
                  /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12.  */
5255
                  offset -= 10;
5256
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5257
                  if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
5258
                    {
5259
                      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5260
                      offset -= 2;
5261
                      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5262
                    }
5263
 
5264
                  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd000);
5265
                  target = insn & 0x00ff;
5266
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5267
                  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012);
5268
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5269
                  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x00ce);
5270
                  insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target;
5271
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
5272
                  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5273
                }
5274
 
5275
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5276
                          contents + rel->r_offset);
5277
              continue;
5278
            }
5279
 
5280
          if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5281
            abort ();
5282
 
5283
          if (h != NULL)
5284
            off = h->got.offset;
5285
          else
5286
            {
5287
              if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
5288
                abort ();
5289
 
5290
              off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
5291
            }
5292
 
5293
          /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking.  */
5294
          if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
5295
              && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
5296
            {
5297
              off &= ~1;
5298
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5299
                          sgot->contents + off);
5300
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5301
                          contents + rel->r_offset);
5302
              continue;
5303
            }
5304
 
5305
          if ((off & 1) != 0)
5306
            off &= ~1;
5307
          else
5308
            {
5309
              Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5310
              bfd_byte *loc;
5311
              int dr_type, indx;
5312
 
5313
              if (srelgot == NULL)
5314
                {
5315
                  srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
5316
                  BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
5317
                }
5318
 
5319
              outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5320
                                 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5321
 
5322
              if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5323
                indx = 0;
5324
              else
5325
                indx = h->dynindx;
5326
 
5327
              dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
5328
                         R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5329
              if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
5330
                outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5331
              else
5332
                outrel.r_addend = 0;
5333
              outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
5334
              loc = srelgot->contents;
5335
              loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5336
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5337
 
5338
              if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5339
                {
5340
                  if (indx == 0)
5341
                    {
5342
                      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5343
                                  relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
5344
                                  sgot->contents + off + 4);
5345
                    }
5346
                  else
5347
                    {
5348
                      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
5349
                                                    R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
5350
                      outrel.r_offset += 4;
5351
                      outrel.r_addend = 0;
5352
                      srelgot->reloc_count++;
5353
                      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5354
                      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5355
                    }
5356
                }
5357
 
5358
              if (h != NULL)
5359
                h->got.offset |= 1;
5360
              else
5361
                local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5362
            }
5363
 
5364
          if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
5365
            abort ();
5366
 
5367
          if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5368
            relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5369
          else
5370
            {
5371
              bfd_vma offset;
5372
              unsigned short insn;
5373
 
5374
              /* GD->IE transition:
5375
                   mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5376
                   jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5377
                   1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5378
                 We change it into:
5379
                   mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
5380
                   nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5381
                   1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:.  */
5382
 
5383
              offset = rel->r_offset;
5384
              BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5385
              /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
5386
              offset -= 16;
5387
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5388
              if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5389
                {
5390
                  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5391
                  offset -= 2;
5392
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5393
                }
5394
 
5395
              BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5396
 
5397
              /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0.  */
5398
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
5399
 
5400
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5401
              BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5402
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5403
              BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5404
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5405
              BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5406
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5407
              BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5408
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5409
              BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5410
 
5411
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
5412
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
5413
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
5414
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5415
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5416
 
5417
              bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5418
                          contents + rel->r_offset);
5419
 
5420
              continue;
5421
          }
5422
 
5423
          addend = rel->r_addend;
5424
 
5425
          goto final_link_relocate;
5426
 
5427
        case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5428
          check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5429
          if (! info->shared)
5430
            {
5431
              bfd_vma offset;
5432
              unsigned short insn;
5433
 
5434
              /* LD->LE transition:
5435
                   mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5436
                   jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5437
                   1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5438
                 We change it into:
5439
                   stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
5440
                   nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:.  */
5441
 
5442
              offset = rel->r_offset;
5443
              BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5444
              /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
5445
              offset -= 16;
5446
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5447
              if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5448
                {
5449
                  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5450
                  offset -= 2;
5451
                  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5452
                }
5453
 
5454
              BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5455
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5456
              BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5457
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5458
              BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5459
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5460
              BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5461
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5462
              BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5463
              insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5464
              BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5465
 
5466
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
5467
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
5468
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5469
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5470
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5471
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5472
 
5473
              continue;
5474
            }
5475
 
5476
          if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5477
            abort ();
5478
 
5479
          off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
5480
          if (off & 1)
5481
            off &= ~1;
5482
          else
5483
            {
5484
              Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5485
              bfd_byte *loc;
5486
 
5487
              srelgot = htab->srelgot;
5488
              if (srelgot == NULL)
5489
                abort ();
5490
 
5491
              outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5492
                                 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5493
              outrel.r_addend = 0;
5494
              outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
5495
              loc = srelgot->contents;
5496
              loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5497
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5498
              htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
5499
            }
5500
 
5501
          relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5502
          addend = rel->r_addend;
5503
 
5504
          goto final_link_relocate;
5505
 
5506
        case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
5507
          check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5508
          if (! info->shared)
5509
            relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5510
          else
5511
            relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
5512
 
5513
          addend = rel->r_addend;
5514
          goto final_link_relocate;
5515
 
5516
        case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
5517
          {
5518
            int indx;
5519
            Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5520
            bfd_byte *loc;
5521
 
5522
            check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5523
 
5524
            if (! info->shared)
5525
              {
5526
                relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5527
                addend = rel->r_addend;
5528
                goto final_link_relocate;
5529
              }
5530
 
5531
            if (sreloc == NULL)
5532
              {
5533
                sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
5534
                  (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
5535
                if (sreloc == NULL)
5536
                  return FALSE;
5537
              }
5538
 
5539
            if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5540
              indx = 0;
5541
            else
5542
              indx = h->dynindx;
5543
 
5544
            outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5545
                               + input_section->output_offset
5546
                               + rel->r_offset);
5547
            outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5548
            if (indx == 0)
5549
              outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5550
            else
5551
              outrel.r_addend = 0;
5552
 
5553
            loc = sreloc->contents;
5554
            loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5555
            bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5556
            continue;
5557
          }
5558
        }
5559
 
5560
    relocation_done:
5561
      if (htab->fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1
5562
          && check_segment[0] != check_segment[1])
5563
        {
5564
          /* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols.  */
5565
          if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5566
            {
5567
              if (info->shared)
5568
                {
5569
                  info->callbacks->einfo
5570
                    (_("%X%C: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5571
                     input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5572
                  return FALSE;
5573
                }
5574
              else
5575
                info->callbacks->einfo
5576
                  (_("%C: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5577
                   input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5578
            }
5579
 
5580
          elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC;
5581
        }
5582
 
5583
      if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
5584
        {
5585
          switch (r)
5586
            {
5587
            default:
5588
            case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
5589
              abort ();
5590
            case bfd_reloc_overflow:
5591
              {
5592
                const char *name;
5593
 
5594
                if (h != NULL)
5595
                  name = NULL;
5596
                else
5597
                  {
5598
                    name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
5599
                            (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
5600
                    if (name == NULL)
5601
                      return FALSE;
5602
                    if (*name == '\0')
5603
                      name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5604
                  }
5605
                if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
5606
                       (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
5607
                        (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
5608
                        rel->r_offset)))
5609
                  return FALSE;
5610
              }
5611
              break;
5612
            }
5613
        }
5614
    }
5615
 
5616
  return TRUE;
5617
}
5618
 
5619
/* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
5620
   which uses sh_elf_relocate_section.  */
5621
 
5622
static bfd_byte *
5623
sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
5624
                                       struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5625
                                       struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
5626
                                       bfd_byte *data,
5627
                                       bfd_boolean relocatable,
5628
                                       asymbol **symbols)
5629
{
5630
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5631
  asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
5632
  bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
5633
  asection **sections = NULL;
5634
  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
5635
  Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5636
 
5637
  /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
5638
     particular set of section contents, specially.  */
5639
  if (relocatable
5640
      || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
5641
    return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
5642
                                                       link_order, data,
5643
                                                       relocatable,
5644
                                                       symbols);
5645
 
5646
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
5647
 
5648
  memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
5649
          (size_t) input_section->size);
5650
 
5651
  if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
5652
      && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
5653
    {
5654
      asection **secpp;
5655
      Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
5656
      bfd_size_type amt;
5657
 
5658
      internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
5659
                         (input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
5660
                          (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, FALSE));
5661
      if (internal_relocs == NULL)
5662
        goto error_return;
5663
 
5664
      if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
5665
        {
5666
          isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5667
          if (isymbuf == NULL)
5668
            isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
5669
                                            symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
5670
                                            NULL, NULL, NULL);
5671
          if (isymbuf == NULL)
5672
            goto error_return;
5673
        }
5674
 
5675
      amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5676
      amt *= sizeof (asection *);
5677
      sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
5678
      if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
5679
        goto error_return;
5680
 
5681
      isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5682
      for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
5683
        {
5684
          asection *isec;
5685
 
5686
          if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
5687
            isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
5688
          else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5689
            isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5690
          else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
5691
            isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
5692
          else
5693
            isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
5694
 
5695
          *secpp = isec;
5696
        }
5697
 
5698
      if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
5699
                                     input_section, data, internal_relocs,
5700
                                     isymbuf, sections))
5701
        goto error_return;
5702
 
5703
      if (sections != NULL)
5704
        free (sections);
5705
      if (isymbuf != NULL
5706
          && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5707
        free (isymbuf);
5708
      if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5709
        free (internal_relocs);
5710
    }
5711
 
5712
  return data;
5713
 
5714
 error_return:
5715
  if (sections != NULL)
5716
    free (sections);
5717
  if (isymbuf != NULL
5718
      && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5719
    free (isymbuf);
5720
  if (internal_relocs != NULL
5721
      && elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5722
    free (internal_relocs);
5723
  return NULL;
5724
}
5725
 
5726
/* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
5727
   when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
5728
   This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr.  */
5729
 
5730
static bfd_vma
5731
dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
5732
{
5733
  /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
5734
  if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5735
    return 0;
5736
  return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
5737
}
5738
 
5739
/* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32..  */
5740
 
5741
static bfd_vma
5742
tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
5743
{
5744
  /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
5745
  if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5746
    return 0;
5747
  /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
5748
     structure which has 2 pointer fields.  */
5749
  return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
5750
          + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
5751
                         elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
5752
}
5753
 
5754
static asection *
5755
sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
5756
                     struct bfd_link_info *info,
5757
                     Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
5758
                     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5759
                     Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
5760
{
5761
  if (h != NULL)
5762
    switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5763
      {
5764
      case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5765
      case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5766
        return NULL;
5767
      }
5768
 
5769
  return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
5770
}
5771
 
5772
/* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed.  */
5773
 
5774
static bfd_boolean
5775
sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
5776
                      asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5777
{
5778
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5779
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5780
  bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
5781
  union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5782
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
5783
 
5784
  if (info->relocatable)
5785
    return TRUE;
5786
 
5787
  elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
5788
 
5789
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
5790
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5791
  local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
5792
  local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
5793
 
5794
  relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
5795
  for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
5796
    {
5797
      unsigned long r_symndx;
5798
      unsigned int r_type;
5799
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5800
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5801
      int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
5802
#endif
5803
 
5804
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
5805
      if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
5806
        {
5807
          struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5808
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
5809
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
5810
 
5811
          h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
5812
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5813
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5814
            {
5815
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5816
              seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
5817
#endif
5818
              h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5819
            }
5820
          eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5821
          for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
5822
            if (p->sec == sec)
5823
              {
5824
                /* Everything must go for SEC.  */
5825
                *pp = p->next;
5826
                break;
5827
              }
5828
        }
5829
 
5830
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
5831
      switch (sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h != NULL))
5832
        {
5833
        case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5834
          if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
5835
            sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
5836
          break;
5837
 
5838
        case R_SH_GOT32:
5839
        case R_SH_GOT20:
5840
        case R_SH_GOTOFF:
5841
        case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
5842
        case R_SH_GOTPC:
5843
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5844
        case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
5845
        case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
5846
        case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
5847
        case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
5848
        case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
5849
        case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
5850
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
5851
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
5852
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
5853
        case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
5854
        case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
5855
        case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
5856
        case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
5857
        case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
5858
#endif
5859
        case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5860
        case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5861
        case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5862
        case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5863
          if (h != NULL)
5864
            {
5865
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5866
              if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5867
                {
5868
                  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5869
                  eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5870
                  if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5871
                    eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5872
                }
5873
              else
5874
#endif
5875
                if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5876
                  h->got.refcount -= 1;
5877
            }
5878
          else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5879
            {
5880
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5881
              if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5882
                {
5883
                  if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5884
                    local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5885
                }
5886
              else
5887
#endif
5888
                if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5889
                  local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5890
            }
5891
          break;
5892
 
5893
        case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5894
          if (h != NULL)
5895
            sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount -= 1;
5896
          else if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
5897
            sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5898
 
5899
          /* Fall through.  */
5900
 
5901
        case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5902
        case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5903
          if (h != NULL)
5904
            sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount -= 1;
5905
          else
5906
            local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount -= 1;
5907
          break;
5908
 
5909
        case R_SH_DIR32:
5910
          if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared
5911
              && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5912
            sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5913
          /* Fall thru */
5914
 
5915
        case R_SH_REL32:
5916
          if (info->shared)
5917
            break;
5918
          /* Fall thru */
5919
 
5920
        case R_SH_PLT32:
5921
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5922
        case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
5923
        case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
5924
        case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
5925
        case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
5926
#endif
5927
          if (h != NULL)
5928
            {
5929
              if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5930
                h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5931
            }
5932
          break;
5933
 
5934
        case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
5935
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5936
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
5937
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
5938
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
5939
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
5940
        case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
5941
        case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
5942
#endif
5943
          if (h != NULL)
5944
            {
5945
              struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5946
              eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5947
              if (eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
5948
                {
5949
                  eh->gotplt_refcount -= 1;
5950
                  if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5951
                    h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5952
                }
5953
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5954
              else if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5955
                {
5956
                  if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5957
                    eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5958
                }
5959
#endif
5960
              else if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5961
                h->got.refcount -= 1;
5962
            }
5963
          else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5964
            {
5965
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5966
              if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5967
                {
5968
                  if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5969
                    local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5970
                }
5971
              else
5972
#endif
5973
                if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5974
                  local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5975
            }
5976
          break;
5977
 
5978
        default:
5979
          break;
5980
        }
5981
    }
5982
 
5983
  return TRUE;
5984
}
5985
 
5986
/* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */
5987
 
5988
static void
5989
sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5990
                             struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
5991
                             struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
5992
{
5993
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
5994
 
5995
  edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
5996
  eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
5997
 
5998
  if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5999
    {
6000
      if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
6001
        {
6002
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
6003
          struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
6004
 
6005
          /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
6006
             list.  Merge any entries against the same section.  */
6007
          for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
6008
            {
6009
              struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *q;
6010
 
6011
              for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
6012
                if (q->sec == p->sec)
6013
                  {
6014
                    q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
6015
                    q->count += p->count;
6016
                    *pp = p->next;
6017
                    break;
6018
                  }
6019
              if (q == NULL)
6020
                pp = &p->next;
6021
            }
6022
          *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
6023
        }
6024
 
6025
      edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
6026
      eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
6027
    }
6028
  edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
6029
  eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
6030
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6031
  edir->datalabel_got.refcount += eind->datalabel_got.refcount;
6032
  eind->datalabel_got.refcount = 0;
6033
#endif
6034
  edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount;
6035
  eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
6036
  edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount;
6037
  eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
6038
 
6039
  if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6040
      && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
6041
    {
6042
      edir->got_type = eind->got_type;
6043
      eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
6044
    }
6045
 
6046
  if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
6047
      && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
6048
    {
6049
      /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
6050
         of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
6051
         We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS.  */
6052
      dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
6053
      dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
6054
      dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
6055
      dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
6056
    }
6057
  else
6058
    _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
6059
}
6060
 
6061
static int
6062
sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
6063
                            int is_local)
6064
{
6065
  if (info->shared)
6066
    return r_type;
6067
 
6068
  switch (r_type)
6069
    {
6070
    case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6071
    case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6072
      if (is_local)
6073
        return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6074
      return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
6075
    case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6076
      return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6077
    }
6078
 
6079
  return r_type;
6080
}
6081
 
6082
/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
6083
   Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
6084
   virtual table relocs for gc.  */
6085
 
6086
static bfd_boolean
6087
sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
6088
                     const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
6089
{
6090
  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6091
  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6092
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6093
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6094
  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
6095
  asection *sreloc;
6096
  unsigned int r_type;
6097
  int got_type, old_got_type;
6098
 
6099
  sreloc = NULL;
6100
 
6101
  if (info->relocatable)
6102
    return TRUE;
6103
 
6104
  BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
6105
 
6106
  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6107
  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
6108
 
6109
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6110
  if (htab == NULL)
6111
    return FALSE;
6112
 
6113
  rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
6114
  for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
6115
    {
6116
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6117
      unsigned long r_symndx;
6118
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6119
      int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
6120
#endif
6121
 
6122
      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6123
      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
6124
 
6125
      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6126
        h = NULL;
6127
      else
6128
        {
6129
          h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6130
          while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6131
                 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6132
            {
6133
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6134
              seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
6135
#endif
6136
              h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
6137
            }
6138
        }
6139
 
6140
      r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
6141
      if (! info->shared
6142
          && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
6143
          && h != NULL
6144
          && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
6145
          && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6146
          && (h->dynindx == -1
6147
              || h->def_regular))
6148
        r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6149
 
6150
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6151
        switch (r_type)
6152
          {
6153
          case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6154
          case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6155
          case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6156
          case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6157
          case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6158
            if (h != NULL)
6159
              {
6160
                if (h->dynindx == -1)
6161
                  switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
6162
                    {
6163
                    case STV_INTERNAL:
6164
                    case STV_HIDDEN:
6165
                      break;
6166
                    default:
6167
                      bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
6168
                      break;
6169
                    }
6170
              }
6171
            break;
6172
          }
6173
 
6174
      /* Some relocs require a global offset table.  */
6175
      if (htab->sgot == NULL)
6176
        {
6177
          switch (r_type)
6178
            {
6179
            case R_SH_DIR32:
6180
              /* This may require an rofixup.  */
6181
              if (!htab->fdpic_p)
6182
                break;
6183
            case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6184
            case R_SH_GOT32:
6185
            case R_SH_GOT20:
6186
            case R_SH_GOTOFF:
6187
            case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
6188
            case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6189
            case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6190
            case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6191
            case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6192
            case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6193
            case R_SH_GOTPC:
6194
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6195
            case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6196
            case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6197
            case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6198
            case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6199
            case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6200
            case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6201
            case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6202
            case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6203
            case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6204
            case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6205
            case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6206
            case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6207
            case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
6208
            case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
6209
            case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
6210
            case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
6211
            case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
6212
            case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
6213
            case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
6214
            case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
6215
#endif
6216
            case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6217
            case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6218
            case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6219
              if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6220
                htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6221
              if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
6222
                return FALSE;
6223
              break;
6224
 
6225
            default:
6226
              break;
6227
            }
6228
        }
6229
 
6230
      switch (r_type)
6231
        {
6232
          /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6233
             Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
6234
        case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
6235
          if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
6236
            return FALSE;
6237
          break;
6238
 
6239
          /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6240
             used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
6241
        case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
6242
          BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
6243
          if (h != NULL
6244
              && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
6245
            return FALSE;
6246
          break;
6247
 
6248
        case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6249
          if (info->shared)
6250
            info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
6251
 
6252
          /* FALLTHROUGH */
6253
        force_got:
6254
        case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6255
        case R_SH_GOT32:
6256
        case R_SH_GOT20:
6257
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6258
        case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6259
        case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6260
        case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6261
        case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6262
        case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6263
        case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6264
#endif
6265
        case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6266
        case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6267
          switch (r_type)
6268
            {
6269
            default:
6270
              got_type = GOT_NORMAL;
6271
              break;
6272
            case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6273
              got_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
6274
              break;
6275
            case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6276
              got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6277
              break;
6278
            case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6279
            case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6280
              got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC;
6281
              break;
6282
            }
6283
 
6284
          if (h != NULL)
6285
            {
6286
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6287
              if (seen_stt_datalabel)
6288
                {
6289
                  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh
6290
                    = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
6291
 
6292
                  eh->datalabel_got.refcount += 1;
6293
                }
6294
              else
6295
#endif
6296
                h->got.refcount += 1;
6297
              old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6298
            }
6299
          else
6300
            {
6301
              bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
6302
 
6303
              /* This is a global offset table entry for a local
6304
                 symbol.  */
6305
              local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
6306
              if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6307
                {
6308
                  bfd_size_type size;
6309
 
6310
                  size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6311
                  size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
6312
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6313
                  /* Reserve space for both the datalabel and
6314
                     codelabel local GOT offsets.  */
6315
                  size *= 2;
6316
#endif
6317
                  size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6318
                  local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
6319
                                         bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
6320
                  if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6321
                    return FALSE;
6322
                  elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
6323
#ifdef  INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6324
                  /* Take care of both the datalabel and codelabel local
6325
                     GOT offsets.  */
6326
                  sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6327
                    = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6328
#else
6329
                  sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6330
                    = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6331
#endif
6332
                }
6333
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6334
              if (rel->r_addend & 1)
6335
                local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] += 1;
6336
              else
6337
#endif
6338
                local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
6339
              old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
6340
            }
6341
 
6342
          /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
6343
             there is no point to use dynamic model for it.  */
6344
          if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
6345
              && (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
6346
            {
6347
              if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
6348
                got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6349
              else
6350
                {
6351
                  if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6352
                      && (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL))
6353
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
6354
                      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6355
                       abfd, h->root.root.string);
6356
                  else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC
6357
                           || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6358
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
6359
                      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6360
                       abfd, h->root.root.string);
6361
                  else
6362
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
6363
                    (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
6364
                     abfd, h->root.root.string);
6365
                  return FALSE;
6366
                }
6367
            }
6368
 
6369
          if (old_got_type != got_type)
6370
            {
6371
              if (h != NULL)
6372
                sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type;
6373
              else
6374
                sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type;
6375
            }
6376
 
6377
          break;
6378
 
6379
        case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6380
          sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
6381
          break;
6382
 
6383
        case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6384
        case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6385
        case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6386
          if (rel->r_addend)
6387
            {
6388
              (*_bfd_error_handler)
6389
                (_("%B: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"),
6390
                 abfd);
6391
              return FALSE;
6392
            }
6393
 
6394
          if (h == NULL)
6395
            {
6396
              union gotref *local_funcdesc;
6397
 
6398
              /* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol.  */
6399
              local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
6400
              if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6401
                {
6402
                  bfd_size_type size;
6403
 
6404
                  size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref);
6405
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6406
                  /* Count datalabel local GOT.  */
6407
                  size *= 2;
6408
#endif
6409
                  local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
6410
                  if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6411
                    return FALSE;
6412
                  sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc;
6413
                }
6414
              local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1;
6415
 
6416
              if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6417
                {
6418
                  if (!info->shared)
6419
                    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6420
                  else
6421
                    htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6422
                }
6423
            }
6424
          else
6425
            {
6426
              sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++;
6427
              if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6428
                sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++;
6429
 
6430
              /* If there is a function descriptor reference, then
6431
                 there should not be any non-FDPIC references.  */
6432
              old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6433
              if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN)
6434
                {
6435
                  if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL)
6436
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
6437
                      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6438
                       abfd, h->root.root.string);
6439
                  else
6440
                    (*_bfd_error_handler)
6441
                      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6442
                       abfd, h->root.root.string);
6443
                }
6444
            }
6445
          break;
6446
 
6447
        case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6448
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6449
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6450
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6451
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6452
        case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6453
        case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6454
        case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6455
#endif
6456
          /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6457
             creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
6458
 
6459
          if (h == NULL
6460
              || h->forced_local
6461
              || ! info->shared
6462
              || info->symbolic
6463
              || h->dynindx == -1)
6464
            goto force_got;
6465
 
6466
          h->needs_plt = 1;
6467
          h->plt.refcount += 1;
6468
          ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
6469
 
6470
          break;
6471
 
6472
        case R_SH_PLT32:
6473
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6474
        case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
6475
        case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
6476
        case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
6477
        case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
6478
#endif
6479
          /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
6480
             actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
6481
             because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
6482
             never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
6483
             don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
6484
             after all.  */
6485
 
6486
          /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6487
             creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
6488
          if (h == NULL)
6489
            continue;
6490
 
6491
          if (h->forced_local)
6492
            break;
6493
 
6494
          h->needs_plt = 1;
6495
          h->plt.refcount += 1;
6496
          break;
6497
 
6498
        case R_SH_DIR32:
6499
        case R_SH_REL32:
6500
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6501
        case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
6502
        case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
6503
        case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
6504
        case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
6505
#endif
6506
          if (h != NULL && ! info->shared)
6507
            {
6508
              h->non_got_ref = 1;
6509
              h->plt.refcount += 1;
6510
            }
6511
 
6512
          /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
6513
             against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
6514
             against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
6515
             into the shared library.  However, if we are linking with
6516
             -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
6517
             global symbol which is defined in an object we are
6518
             including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set).  At
6519
             this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
6520
             possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
6521
             later (it is never cleared).  We account for that
6522
             possibility below by storing information in the
6523
             dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
6524
             situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
6525
             visibility changes render the symbol local.
6526
 
6527
             If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
6528
             may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
6529
             dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
6530
             symbol.  */
6531
          if ((info->shared
6532
               && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6533
               && (r_type != R_SH_REL32
6534
                   || (h != NULL
6535
                       && (! info->symbolic
6536
                           || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6537
                           || !h->def_regular))))
6538
              || (! info->shared
6539
                  && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6540
                  && h != NULL
6541
                  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6542
                      || !h->def_regular)))
6543
            {
6544
              struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
6545
              struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **head;
6546
 
6547
              if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6548
                htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6549
 
6550
              /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6551
                 reloc types into the output file.  We create a reloc
6552
                 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc.  */
6553
              if (sreloc == NULL)
6554
                {
6555
                  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
6556
                    (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
6557
 
6558
                  if (sreloc == NULL)
6559
                    return FALSE;
6560
                }
6561
 
6562
              /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
6563
                 relocations we need for this symbol.  */
6564
              if (h != NULL)
6565
                head = &((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
6566
              else
6567
                {
6568
                  /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.  */
6569
                  asection *s;
6570
                  void *vpp;
6571
                  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6572
 
6573
                  isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
6574
                                                abfd, r_symndx);
6575
                  if (isym == NULL)
6576
                    return FALSE;
6577
 
6578
                  s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
6579
                  if (s == NULL)
6580
                    s = sec;
6581
 
6582
                  vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
6583
                  head = (struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
6584
                }
6585
 
6586
              p = *head;
6587
              if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
6588
                {
6589
                  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*p);
6590
                  p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
6591
                  if (p == NULL)
6592
                    return FALSE;
6593
                  p->next = *head;
6594
                  *head = p;
6595
                  p->sec = sec;
6596
                  p->count = 0;
6597
                  p->pc_count = 0;
6598
                }
6599
 
6600
              p->count += 1;
6601
              if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
6602
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6603
                  || r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
6604
                  || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
6605
                  || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
6606
                  || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL
6607
#endif
6608
                  )
6609
                p->pc_count += 1;
6610
            }
6611
 
6612
          /* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation.
6613
             If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the
6614
             fixup.  */
6615
          if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
6616
              && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
6617
              && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6618
            htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6619
          break;
6620
 
6621
        case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
6622
          if (info->shared)
6623
            {
6624
              (*_bfd_error_handler)
6625
                (_("%B: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
6626
                 abfd);
6627
              return FALSE;
6628
            }
6629
 
6630
          break;
6631
 
6632
        case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
6633
          /* Nothing to do.  */
6634
          break;
6635
 
6636
        default:
6637
          break;
6638
        }
6639
    }
6640
 
6641
  return TRUE;
6642
}
6643
 
6644
#ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
6645
static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
6646
 
6647
static bfd_boolean
6648
sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
6649
{
6650
  flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6651
 
6652
  if (flags >= sizeof(sh_ef_bfd_table))
6653
    return FALSE;
6654
 
6655
  if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
6656
    return FALSE;
6657
 
6658
  bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
6659
 
6660
  return TRUE;
6661
}
6662
 
6663
 
6664
/* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
6665
   Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
6666
   return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
6667
   Return -1 if no match is found.  */
6668
 
6669
int
6670
sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
6671
{
6672
  int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
6673
 
6674
  for (; i>0; i--)
6675
    if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
6676
      return i;
6677
 
6678
  /* shouldn't get here */
6679
  BFD_FAIL();
6680
 
6681
  return -1;
6682
}
6683
#endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
6684
 
6685
#ifndef sh_elf_set_private_flags
6686
/* Function to keep SH specific file flags.  */
6687
 
6688
static bfd_boolean
6689
sh_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
6690
{
6691
  BFD_ASSERT (! elf_flags_init (abfd)
6692
              || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
6693
 
6694
  elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
6695
  elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
6696
  return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd);
6697
}
6698
#endif /* not sh_elf_set_private_flags */
6699
 
6700
#ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
6701
/* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
6702
 
6703
static bfd_boolean
6704
sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
6705
{
6706
  /* Copy object attributes.  */
6707
  _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
6708
 
6709
  if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6710
    return TRUE;
6711
 
6712
  /* Copy the stack size.  */
6713
  if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr && elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr
6714
      && fdpic_object_p (ibfd) && fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6715
    {
6716
      unsigned i;
6717
 
6718
      for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; i++)
6719
        if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr[i].p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
6720
          {
6721
            Elf_Internal_Phdr *iphdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr[i];
6722
 
6723
            for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_phnum; i++)
6724
              if (elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr[i].p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
6725
                {
6726
                  memcpy (&elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr[i], iphdr, sizeof (*iphdr));
6727
 
6728
                  /* Rewrite the phdrs, since we're only called after they
6729
                     were first written.  */
6730
                  if (bfd_seek (obfd,
6731
                                (bfd_signed_vma) get_elf_backend_data (obfd)
6732
                                ->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
6733
                      || get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->s
6734
                      ->write_out_phdrs (obfd, elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr,
6735
                                         elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_phnum) != 0)
6736
                    return FALSE;
6737
                  break;
6738
                }
6739
 
6740
            break;
6741
          }
6742
    }
6743
 
6744
  return sh_elf_set_private_flags (obfd, elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags);
6745
}
6746
#endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
6747
 
6748
#ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
6749
 
6750
/* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
6751
   corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags.  */
6752
 
6753
int
6754
sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
6755
{
6756
  extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
6757
  unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
6758
 
6759
  return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
6760
}
6761
 
6762
/* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
6763
   calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility.  */
6764
 
6765
static bfd_boolean
6766
sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6767
{
6768
  extern bfd_boolean sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *, bfd *);
6769
 
6770
  if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6771
    return TRUE;
6772
 
6773
  if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
6774
    {
6775
      /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file.  */
6776
      elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
6777
      elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
6778
      sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
6779
      if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
6780
        elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC;
6781
    }
6782
 
6783
  if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, obfd))
6784
    {
6785
      _bfd_error_handler ("%B: uses instructions which are incompatible "
6786
                          "with instructions used in previous modules",
6787
                          ibfd);
6788
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6789
      return FALSE;
6790
    }
6791
 
6792
  elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6793
  elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |=
6794
    sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
6795
 
6796
  if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6797
    {
6798
      _bfd_error_handler ("%B: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects",
6799
                          ibfd);
6800
      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6801
      return FALSE;
6802
    }
6803
 
6804
  return TRUE;
6805
}
6806
#endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
6807
 
6808
/* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
6809
   as the specific tdata.  We set also the machine architecture from flags
6810
   here.  */
6811
 
6812
static bfd_boolean
6813
sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
6814
{
6815
  if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd))
6816
    return FALSE;
6817
 
6818
  return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0)
6819
          == fdpic_object_p (abfd));
6820
}
6821
 
6822
/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
6823
   dynamic sections here.  */
6824
 
6825
static bfd_boolean
6826
sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6827
                              struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6828
                              Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6829
{
6830
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6831
 
6832
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6833
  if (htab == NULL)
6834
    return FALSE;
6835
 
6836
  if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6837
    {
6838
      asection *splt;
6839
      asection *sgotplt;
6840
      asection *srelplt;
6841
 
6842
      bfd_vma plt_index;
6843
      bfd_vma got_offset;
6844
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6845
      bfd_byte *loc;
6846
      const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
6847
 
6848
      /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set
6849
         it up.  */
6850
 
6851
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
6852
 
6853
      splt = htab->splt;
6854
      sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
6855
      srelplt = htab->srelplt;
6856
      BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL);
6857
 
6858
      /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
6859
         corresponds to this symbol.  This is the index of this symbol
6860
         in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.  The
6861
         first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.  */
6862
      plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
6863
 
6864
      plt_info = htab->plt_info;
6865
      if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT)
6866
        plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
6867
 
6868
      /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
6869
         corresponds to this function.  */
6870
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6871
        /* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes
6872
           before the end of .got.plt.  Each descriptor is eight
6873
           bytes.  */
6874
        got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size;
6875
      else
6876
        /* Each .got entry is 4 bytes.  The first three are
6877
           reserved.  */
6878
        got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
6879
 
6880
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
6881
      if (info->shared)
6882
        got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
6883
#endif
6884
 
6885
      /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
6886
      memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
6887
              plt_info->symbol_entry,
6888
              plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6889
 
6890
      if (info->shared || htab->fdpic_p)
6891
        {
6892
          if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20)
6893
            {
6894
              bfd_reloc_status_type r;
6895
              r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset,
6896
                                        splt->owner, splt, splt->contents,
6897
                                        h->plt.offset
6898
                                        + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6899
              BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok);
6900
            }
6901
          else
6902
            install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, got_offset,
6903
                               (splt->contents
6904
                                + h->plt.offset
6905
                                + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6906
        }
6907
      else
6908
        {
6909
          BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20);
6910
 
6911
          install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6912
                             (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6913
                              + sgotplt->output_offset
6914
                              + got_offset),
6915
                             (splt->contents
6916
                              + h->plt.offset
6917
                              + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6918
          if (htab->vxworks_p)
6919
            {
6920
              unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
6921
              int distance;
6922
 
6923
              /* Divide the PLT into groups.  The first group contains
6924
                 REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
6925
                 PLTS_PER_4K entries.  Entries in the first group can
6926
                 branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
6927
                 to the last element of the previous group.  */
6928
              /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
6929
                 the common resolver stub.  */
6930
              reachable_plts = ((4096
6931
                                 - plt_info->plt0_entry_size
6932
                                 - (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
6933
                                / plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
6934
              plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6935
              if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
6936
                distance = -(h->plt.offset
6937
                             + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
6938
              else
6939
                distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
6940
                             * plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6941
 
6942
              /* Install the 'bra' with this offset.  */
6943
              bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
6944
                          0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
6945
                          (splt->contents
6946
                           + h->plt.offset
6947
                           + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6948
            }
6949
          else
6950
            install_plt_field (output_bfd, TRUE,
6951
                               splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
6952
                               (splt->contents
6953
                                + h->plt.offset
6954
                                + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6955
        }
6956
 
6957
      /* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt.  */
6958
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
6959
      if (info->shared)
6960
        got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
6961
#endif
6962
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6963
        got_offset = plt_index * 8;
6964
 
6965
      if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE)
6966
        install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6967
                           plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
6968
                           (splt->contents
6969
                            + h->plt.offset
6970
                            + plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
6971
 
6972
      /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table.  */
6973
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6974
                  (splt->output_section->vma
6975
                   + splt->output_offset
6976
                   + h->plt.offset
6977
                   + plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
6978
                  sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
6979
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6980
        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6981
                    sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
6982
                                            htab->splt->output_section),
6983
                    sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4);
6984
 
6985
      /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
6986
      rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6987
                      + sgotplt->output_offset
6988
                      + got_offset);
6989
      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6990
        rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE);
6991
      else
6992
        rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
6993
      rel.r_addend = 0;
6994
#ifdef GOT_BIAS
6995
      rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
6996
#endif
6997
      loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6998
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6999
 
7000
      if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
7001
        {
7002
          /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
7003
             Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation.  */
7004
          loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
7005
                 + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7006
 
7007
          /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
7008
             for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry.  */
7009
          rel.r_offset = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
7010
                          + htab->splt->output_offset
7011
                          + h->plt.offset
7012
                          + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
7013
          rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7014
          rel.r_addend = got_offset;
7015
          bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7016
          loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7017
 
7018
          /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
7019
             the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt.  */
7020
          rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
7021
                          + sgotplt->output_offset
7022
                          + got_offset);
7023
          rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7024
          rel.r_addend = 0;
7025
          bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7026
        }
7027
 
7028
      if (!h->def_regular)
7029
        {
7030
          /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
7031
             the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
7032
          sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
7033
        }
7034
    }
7035
 
7036
  if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
7037
      && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD
7038
      && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE
7039
      && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC)
7040
    {
7041
      asection *sgot;
7042
      asection *srelgot;
7043
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7044
      bfd_byte *loc;
7045
 
7046
      /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it
7047
         up.  */
7048
 
7049
      sgot = htab->sgot;
7050
      srelgot = htab->srelgot;
7051
      BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
7052
 
7053
      rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
7054
                      + sgot->output_offset
7055
                      + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
7056
 
7057
      /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
7058
         symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
7059
         of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
7060
         The entry in the global offset table will already have been
7061
         initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
7062
      if (info->shared
7063
          && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7064
        {
7065
          if (htab->fdpic_p)
7066
            {
7067
              asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
7068
              int dynindx
7069
                = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
7070
 
7071
              rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
7072
              rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7073
                              + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7074
            }
7075
          else
7076
            {
7077
              rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
7078
              rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7079
                              + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7080
                              + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7081
            }
7082
        }
7083
      else
7084
        {
7085
          bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
7086
          rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
7087
          rel.r_addend = 0;
7088
        }
7089
 
7090
      loc = srelgot->contents;
7091
      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7092
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7093
    }
7094
 
7095
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7096
  {
7097
    struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
7098
 
7099
    eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
7100
    if (eh->datalabel_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
7101
      {
7102
        asection *sgot;
7103
        asection *srelgot;
7104
        Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7105
        bfd_byte *loc;
7106
 
7107
        /* This symbol has a datalabel entry in the global offset table.
7108
           Set it up.  */
7109
 
7110
        sgot = htab->sgot;
7111
        srelgot = htab->srelgot;
7112
        BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
7113
 
7114
        rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
7115
                        + sgot->output_offset
7116
                        + (eh->datalabel_got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
7117
 
7118
        /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
7119
           symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
7120
           of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
7121
           The entry in the global offset table will already have been
7122
           initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
7123
        if (info->shared
7124
            && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7125
          {
7126
            if (htab->fdpic_p)
7127
              {
7128
                asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
7129
                int dynindx
7130
                  = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
7131
 
7132
                rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
7133
                rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7134
                                + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7135
              }
7136
            else
7137
              {
7138
                rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
7139
                rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7140
                                + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7141
                                + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7142
              }
7143
          }
7144
        else
7145
          {
7146
            bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents
7147
                        + eh->datalabel_got.offset);
7148
            rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
7149
            rel.r_addend = 0;
7150
          }
7151
 
7152
        loc = srelgot->contents;
7153
        loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7154
        bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7155
      }
7156
  }
7157
#endif
7158
 
7159
  if (h->needs_copy)
7160
    {
7161
      asection *s;
7162
      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7163
      bfd_byte *loc;
7164
 
7165
      /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
7166
 
7167
      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
7168
                  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7169
                      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
7170
 
7171
      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (h->root.u.def.section->owner,
7172
                                   ".rela.bss");
7173
      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7174
 
7175
      rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
7176
                      + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7177
                      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7178
      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
7179
      rel.r_addend = 0;
7180
      loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7181
      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7182
    }
7183
 
7184
  /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  On VxWorks,
7185
     _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
7186
     ".got" section.  */
7187
  if (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
7188
      || (!htab->vxworks_p && h == htab->root.hgot))
7189
    sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
7190
 
7191
  return TRUE;
7192
}
7193
 
7194
/* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
7195
 
7196
static bfd_boolean
7197
sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7198
{
7199
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
7200
  asection *sgotplt;
7201
  asection *sdyn;
7202
 
7203
  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7204
  if (htab == NULL)
7205
    return FALSE;
7206
 
7207
  sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
7208
  sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
7209
 
7210
  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
7211
    {
7212
      asection *splt;
7213
      Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
7214
 
7215
      BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
7216
 
7217
      dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
7218
      dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
7219
      for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
7220
        {
7221
          Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
7222
          asection *s;
7223
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7224
          const char *name;
7225
#endif
7226
 
7227
          bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
7228
 
7229
          switch (dyn.d_tag)
7230
            {
7231
            default:
7232
              if (htab->vxworks_p
7233
                  && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
7234
                bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7235
              break;
7236
 
7237
#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7238
            case DT_INIT:
7239
              name = info->init_function;
7240
              goto get_sym;
7241
 
7242
            case DT_FINI:
7243
              name = info->fini_function;
7244
            get_sym:
7245
              if (dyn.d_un.d_val != 0)
7246
                {
7247
                  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7248
 
7249
                  h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->root, name,
7250
                                            FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
7251
                  if (h != NULL && (h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32))
7252
                    {
7253
                      dyn.d_un.d_val |= 1;
7254
                      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7255
                    }
7256
                }
7257
              break;
7258
#endif
7259
 
7260
            case DT_PLTGOT:
7261
              BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL);
7262
              s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section;
7263
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
7264
                + s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
7265
              bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7266
              break;
7267
 
7268
            case DT_JMPREL:
7269
              s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7270
              BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7271
              dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
7272
              bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7273
              break;
7274
 
7275
            case DT_PLTRELSZ:
7276
              s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7277
              BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7278
              dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
7279
              bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7280
              break;
7281
 
7282
            case DT_RELASZ:
7283
              /* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the
7284
                 procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be
7285
                 included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA).  This is
7286
                 what Solaris does.  However, UnixWare can not handle
7287
                 that case.  Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry
7288
                 here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs.  Since
7289
                 the linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
7290
                 other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
7291
                 about changing the DT_RELA entry.  */
7292
              if (htab->srelplt != NULL)
7293
                {
7294
                  s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7295
                  dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
7296
                }
7297
              bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7298
              break;
7299
            }
7300
        }
7301
 
7302
      /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
7303
      splt = htab->splt;
7304
      if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
7305
        {
7306
          unsigned int i;
7307
 
7308
          memcpy (splt->contents,
7309
                  htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
7310
                  htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
7311
          for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
7312
            if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
7313
              install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
7314
                                 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
7315
                                  + sgotplt->output_offset
7316
                                  + (i * 4)),
7317
                                 (splt->contents
7318
                                  + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
7319
 
7320
          if (htab->vxworks_p)
7321
            {
7322
              /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents.  */
7323
              Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7324
              bfd_byte *loc;
7325
 
7326
              /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
7327
                 first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8.  */
7328
              loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
7329
              rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
7330
                              + splt->output_offset
7331
                              + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
7332
              rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7333
              rel.r_addend = 8;
7334
              bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7335
              loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7336
 
7337
              /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
7338
                 They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
7339
                 _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
7340
                 output.  */
7341
              while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
7342
                {
7343
                  /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot.  */
7344
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7345
                  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
7346
                                             R_SH_DIR32);
7347
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7348
                  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7349
 
7350
                  /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt.  */
7351
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7352
                  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
7353
                                             R_SH_DIR32);
7354
                  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7355
                  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7356
                }
7357
            }
7358
 
7359
          /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
7360
             really seem like the right value.  */
7361
          elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7362
        }
7363
    }
7364
 
7365
  /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
7366
  if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p)
7367
    {
7368
      if (sdyn == NULL)
7369
        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents);
7370
      else
7371
        bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
7372
                    sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
7373
                    sgotplt->contents);
7374
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4);
7375
      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8);
7376
    }
7377
 
7378
  if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0)
7379
    elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7380
 
7381
  /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT.  */
7382
  if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
7383
    {
7384
      struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot;
7385
      bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value
7386
        + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7387
        + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
7388
 
7389
      sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value);
7390
 
7391
      /* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups.  */
7392
      BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size);
7393
    }
7394
 
7395
  if (htab->srelfuncdesc)
7396
    BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7397
                == htab->srelfuncdesc->size);
7398
 
7399
  if (htab->srelgot)
7400
    BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7401
                == htab->srelgot->size);
7402
 
7403
  return TRUE;
7404
}
7405
 
7406
static enum elf_reloc_type_class
7407
sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
7408
{
7409
  switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
7410
    {
7411
    case R_SH_RELATIVE:
7412
      return reloc_class_relative;
7413
    case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
7414
      return reloc_class_plt;
7415
    case R_SH_COPY:
7416
      return reloc_class_copy;
7417
    default:
7418
      return reloc_class_normal;
7419
    }
7420
}
7421
 
7422
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7423
/* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections.  */
7424
 
7425
static bfd_boolean
7426
elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7427
{
7428
  int offset;
7429
  unsigned int size;
7430
 
7431
  switch (note->descsz)
7432
    {
7433
      default:
7434
        return FALSE;
7435
 
7436
      case 168:         /* Linux/SH */
7437
        /* pr_cursig */
7438
        elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
7439
 
7440
        /* pr_pid */
7441
        elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
7442
 
7443
        /* pr_reg */
7444
        offset = 72;
7445
        size = 92;
7446
 
7447
        break;
7448
    }
7449
 
7450
  /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
7451
  return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7452
                                          size, note->descpos + offset);
7453
}
7454
 
7455
static bfd_boolean
7456
elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7457
{
7458
  switch (note->descsz)
7459
    {
7460
      default:
7461
        return FALSE;
7462
 
7463
      case 124:         /* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
7464
        elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7465
         = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
7466
        elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7467
         = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
7468
    }
7469
 
7470
  /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7471
     onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7472
     implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
7473
 
7474
  {
7475
    char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7476
    int n = strlen (command);
7477
 
7478
    if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7479
      command[n - 1] = '\0';
7480
  }
7481
 
7482
  return TRUE;
7483
}
7484
#endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
7485
 
7486
 
7487
/* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
7488
   or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
7489
 
7490
static bfd_vma
7491
sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
7492
                    const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7493
{
7494
  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
7495
 
7496
  plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
7497
  return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
7498
}
7499
 
7500
/* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in
7501
   shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section.  */
7502
 
7503
static bfd_boolean
7504
sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7505
                              struct bfd_link_info *info,
7506
                              asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7507
{
7508
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7509
 
7510
  /* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general.  */
7511
  if (htab->fdpic_p)
7512
    return FALSE;
7513
 
7514
  return TRUE;
7515
}
7516
 
7517
/* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output.  */
7518
 
7519
static bfd_byte
7520
sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd,
7521
                          struct bfd_link_info *info,
7522
                          asection *osec, bfd_vma offset,
7523
                          asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset,
7524
                          bfd_vma *encoded)
7525
{
7526
  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7527
  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7528
 
7529
  if (!htab->fdpic_p)
7530
    return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec,
7531
                                       loc_offset, encoded);
7532
 
7533
  h = htab->root.hgot;
7534
  BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
7535
 
7536
  if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7537
              == sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section)))
7538
    return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset,
7539
                                       loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded);
7540
 
7541
  BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7542
              == (sh_elf_osec_to_segment
7543
                  (abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section)));
7544
 
7545
  *encoded = osec->vma + offset
7546
    - (h->root.u.def.value
7547
       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7548
       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7549
 
7550
  return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
7551
}
7552
 
7553
#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7554
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM          bfd_elf32_sh_vec
7555
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME         "elf32-sh"
7556
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM       bfd_elf32_shl_vec
7557
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME      "elf32-shl"
7558
#endif
7559
 
7560
#define ELF_ARCH                bfd_arch_sh
7561
#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE        EM_SH
7562
#ifdef __QNXTARGET__
7563
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE         0x1000
7564
#else
7565
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE         0x80
7566
#endif
7567
 
7568
#define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7569
 
7570
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
7571
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
7572
                                        sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
7573
#define elf_info_to_howto               sh_elf_info_to_howto
7574
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section     sh_elf_relax_section
7575
#define elf_backend_relocate_section    sh_elf_relocate_section
7576
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
7577
                                        sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
7578
#define bfd_elf32_mkobject              sh_elf_mkobject
7579
#define elf_backend_object_p            sh_elf_object_p
7580
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_bfd_flags \
7581
                                        sh_elf_set_private_flags
7582
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
7583
                                        sh_elf_copy_private_data
7584
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
7585
                                        sh_elf_merge_private_data
7586
 
7587
#define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook        sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
7588
#define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook       sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook
7589
#define elf_backend_check_relocs        sh_elf_check_relocs
7590
#define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
7591
                                        sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
7592
#define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
7593
                                        sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
7594
#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
7595
                                        sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
7596
#define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
7597
                                        sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
7598
#define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
7599
                                        sh_elf_always_size_sections
7600
#define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
7601
                                        sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections
7602
#define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym
7603
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
7604
                                        sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
7605
#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
7606
                                        sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
7607
#define elf_backend_reloc_type_class    sh_elf_reloc_type_class
7608
#define elf_backend_plt_sym_val         sh_elf_plt_sym_val
7609
#define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \
7610
                                        sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7611
#define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \
7612
                                        sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7613
#define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \
7614
                                        sh_elf_encode_eh_address
7615
 
7616
#define elf_backend_can_gc_sections     1
7617
#define elf_backend_can_refcount        1
7618
#define elf_backend_want_got_plt        1
7619
#define elf_backend_plt_readonly        1
7620
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym        0
7621
#define elf_backend_got_header_size     12
7622
 
7623
#if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7624
 
7625
#include "elf32-target.h"
7626
 
7627
/* NetBSD support.  */
7628
#undef  TARGET_BIG_SYM
7629
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM                  bfd_elf32_shnbsd_vec
7630
#undef  TARGET_BIG_NAME
7631
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME                 "elf32-sh-nbsd"
7632
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7633
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM               bfd_elf32_shlnbsd_vec
7634
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7635
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME              "elf32-shl-nbsd"
7636
#undef  ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7637
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE                 0x10000
7638
#undef  ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7639
#undef  elf_symbol_leading_char
7640
#define elf_symbol_leading_char         0
7641
#undef  elf32_bed
7642
#define elf32_bed                       elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
7643
 
7644
#include "elf32-target.h"
7645
 
7646
 
7647
/* Linux support.  */
7648
#undef  TARGET_BIG_SYM
7649
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM                  bfd_elf32_shblin_vec
7650
#undef  TARGET_BIG_NAME
7651
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME                 "elf32-shbig-linux"
7652
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7653
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM               bfd_elf32_shlin_vec
7654
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7655
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME              "elf32-sh-linux"
7656
#undef  ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7657
#define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE              0x1000
7658
 
7659
#undef  elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7660
#define elf_backend_grok_prstatus       elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
7661
#undef  elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7662
#define elf_backend_grok_psinfo         elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
7663
#undef  elf32_bed
7664
#define elf32_bed                       elf32_sh_lin_bed
7665
 
7666
#include "elf32-target.h"
7667
 
7668
 
7669
/* FDPIC support.  */
7670
#undef  TARGET_BIG_SYM
7671
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM                  bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec
7672
#undef  TARGET_BIG_NAME
7673
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME                 "elf32-shbig-fdpic"
7674
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7675
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM               bfd_elf32_shfd_vec
7676
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7677
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME              "elf32-sh-fdpic"
7678
#undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7679
#define elf_backend_modify_program_headers \
7680
                                        sh_elf_modify_program_headers
7681
 
7682
#undef  elf32_bed
7683
#define elf32_bed                       elf32_sh_fd_bed
7684
 
7685
#include "elf32-target.h"
7686
 
7687
#undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7688
 
7689
/* VxWorks support.  */
7690
#undef  TARGET_BIG_SYM
7691
#define TARGET_BIG_SYM                  bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec
7692
#undef  TARGET_BIG_NAME
7693
#define TARGET_BIG_NAME                 "elf32-sh-vxworks"
7694
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7695
#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM               bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec
7696
#undef  TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7697
#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME              "elf32-shl-vxworks"
7698
#undef  elf32_bed
7699
#define elf32_bed                       elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
7700
 
7701
#undef  elf_backend_want_plt_sym
7702
#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym        1
7703
#undef  elf_symbol_leading_char
7704
#define elf_symbol_leading_char         '_'
7705
#define elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
7706
#undef  elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7707
#undef  elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7708
#undef  elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
7709
#define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook     elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
7710
#undef  elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
7711
#define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
7712
                                        elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
7713
#undef  elf_backend_emit_relocs
7714
#define elf_backend_emit_relocs         elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
7715
#undef  elf_backend_final_write_processing
7716
#define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
7717
                                        elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
7718
#undef  ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7719
#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE                 0x1000
7720
#undef  ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7721
 
7722
#include "elf32-target.h"
7723
 
7724
#endif /* neither INCLUDE_SHMEDIA nor SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */

powered by: WebSVN 2.1.0

© copyright 1999-2024 OpenCores.org, equivalent to Oliscience, all rights reserved. OpenCores®, registered trademark.